(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Open Source Books | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Mezzotints"

MEZZOTINTS 




rnrtWMs. 



MEZZOTINTS 



BY 



CYRIL DAVENPORT, F.S.A. 



Connoisseurs 




METHUEN AND CO. 

36 ESSEX STREET A 

LONDON 




X 



V 



Edinburgh : T. and A. CONSTABIE, Printers to His Majesty 






NOTE 

THE BURLINGTON FINE ARTS CLUB has done 
its fair share of work in drawing attention 
to the beautiful art of mezzotint engraving. 
In 1872 there was an exhibition of Turner's Liber 
Studiorum; in 1881 a general exhibition showing 
the best available specimens of work of all the most 
eminent mezzotint engravers; in 1886 a special show 
was arranged of the work of James MacArdell, an 
Irishman, one of the finest of our engravers in this 
manner; and in 1902 yet another exhibition was 
got together. This time a special style and a special 
period were illustrated, namely the portraits executed 
in England from about 1750 to about 1830, among 
which are to be found the finest examples of en- 
graving in mezzotint. 

The greater number of the prints shown at 
the last exhibition belonged to the late Lord 
Cheylesmore, who has bequeathed his magnificent 
collection to the nation. The collection of mezzo- 
tints at the British Museum was already very rich, 
but more particularly in the earlier examples, and 
although specimens of the work of most of the 
engravers represented in the Cheylesmore bequest 
were to be found, yet our national collection was 
certainly weak in them, and we can heartily welcome 
the addition of the very large number of splendid 

v 



MEZZOTINTS 

prints added to it by this bequest. I think it is 
safe to say that the British Museum now possesses 
the finest collection of mezzotint engravings in the 
world, and that no important engraver is entirely 
unrepresented. 

As to the artistic value of mezzotinting. Sir 
Joshua Reynolds is said to have given his opinion 
that it is the best calculated of all the various styles 
of engraving to express a painter-like feeling, 
especially in the case of portraits. 

I do not think that mezzotinting is a lost art. 
There are several engravers living who are able to 
execute beautiful work in the old style, and there 
are signs that a new style may possibly be evolving 
itself, the germs of which may be found in some 
of the work of Mr. Frank Short, as well as in that 
of Mr. R. S. Clouston. I do not allude to the 
engravings that these gentlemen have engraved 
purposely in the old manner, such as Mr. Short's 
fine plates of the Liber Studiorum, but to those 
which they have done independently after their own 
fashion, and in these cases there is much similarity 
of treatment in the work of these two artists. 

I feel that if mezzotints mean to keep their 
supreme position as the finest form of engraving 
upon metal, they should be engraved upon copper, 
and the copper should never be steeled. 

If an engraver chooses to take the trouble to 
engrave a mezzotint upon steel, let him say so 
on his plate as, say, Lupton and Lucas did ; there 
is no objection to it, and a purchaser would value 
the knowledge it is a proper thing to do. But 
although the publisher, and possibly the artist, like 
the large editions which a copper plate, steeled, 
vi 



NOTE 

can supply, it nevertheless seems to me a wrong 
towards the public, as well as a bad thing for the 
esteem in which the engraver hopes to be held by 
future generations. If J. R. Smith's ' Mrs. Carnac ' 
had been printed from a steeled plate, it would not 
have been so highly esteemed as it now is. 

Another important point concerns the printing. 
I think every mezzotint engraver should make his 
own prints, and not only superintend the process 
as much as the printer will let him. The inking 
of a mezzotint plate is a most important process, 
and the proper person to do it is the engraver 
himself. Rembrandt printed many of his etchings, 
and like Rembrandt every mezzotint engraver 
should have his own printing-press in his own 
house. Other great etchers besides Rembrandt have 
done the same. The engraver alone knows what 
latent power lies in his engraved copper or steel, 
and he alone ought to be responsible for the exact 
effect which is seen on each print from it, but as 
things are now, he cannot, in most cases, properly 
be held so responsible, because he has had little 
to do with it. 

I am well aware that inking an engraved metal 
plate is a very dirty and troublesome matter ; but 
it carries much compensation with it, for the 
interest and delight which can be found when 
successful prints are made by an engraver from 
his own work are very great. Many years ago, 
when the French etcher Auguste Deltre was in 
London, he initiated me into the mysteries of 
inking and printing from etchings on copper, and 
he always impressed upon me that he could make 
a truer print from one of his own etchings than 



vn 



MEZZOTINTS 

any one else could, because he understood them 
thoroughly and knew what was wanted ; and this 
is equally true of a mezzotint, although it would 
not apply to a line engraving. It would also be 
of much interest if printers of mezzotints would 
borrow another little fashion from the etcher, and 
add their names on the copper. The printer is 
worthy of more honour than he receives, and of 
most honour when he has also engraved the plate. 

I am aware that my views on some of the 
points considered in the following pages are not 
at all in accordance with those of many of my 
friends. I realise, however, that mezzotint engravers 
are not always their own masters, but are some- 
times compelled by circumstances to agree to 
certain stipulations which are more commercial 
than artistic in their nature. Very likely many 
of my adverse or fault-finding criticisms may 
well be due more to the commercial necessities of 
the trade in prints than to the independent action 
of the engravers themselves. 

A book such as the present one has naturally 
a tendency to fall into the form of a catalogue, and 
in this form it is of the greatest value to collectors. 
But as an introduction, and possibly an incentive, 
to the taste for mezzotints, a few general criticisms 
and appreciations may yet have their value. Great 
collectors have their Chaloner Smith to refer to. 
The only objection to that inestimable book is that 
it does not give a small plate of every print 
mentioned in it. In time all such catalogues will 
have to be fully illustrated, and show a picture of 
each state of each print, and then they will have 
their full usefulness. 



Vlll 



NOTE 

The notes which I have made about the work 
of individual engravers will be found in a rough 
chronological order, arranged as nearly as possible 
according to the date of the first engraved work ; 
but as I have given a full index, it will be best 
to consult that directly if the work of any particular 
engraver is to be studied. 

The illustrations will bear their own witness 
to the truth of what I have said as to photogravure 
and its possibilities ; but good as they are, I feel 
that in the near future such work will be still better 
done, so they must only at present be counted as 
charming copies of infinitely finer originals. 

C. D. 



IX 



CONTENTS 



r.v.t 



NOTE, . . .... v 

LIST OF THE MORE IMPORTANT WORKS ON 

MEZZOTINTS, xv 

INDEX TO PLATES, xix 

CHAPTER I. Mezzotint engraving on metal : 
what it is and how it is done. How 
prints are made from mezzotinted plates, 
and how to keep them when they are 
made. Inks, papers, and coloured 

R rints. The enemies of prints, and the 
terature of mezzotints. Continental 
engravers in mezzotint, ... i 

CHAPTER II. The pioneers of mezzotint en- 
graving who worked about the middle 
of the seventeenth century: Lud- 
wig von Siegen, Prince Rupert, T. C. 
von Furstenberg, Wallerant Vaillant, 
The Van Somers, Abraham Blooteling, 
William Sherwin, and Francis Place. 
The later mezzotint engravers of the 
seventeenth century: E. Luttrell, Isaac 
Beckett, W. Faithorne, R. Williams, 
J. Vandervaart, John Smith, and J. 

Verkolje 50 

xi 



MEZZOTINTS 

CHAPTER III. The mezzotint engravers of 
the eighteenth century : the Fabers, 
P. Pelham, T. Frye, J. MacArdell, R. 
Houston, R. Earlom, Valentine Green, 
E. Fisher, W. Dickinson, J. Watson, 
J. Spilsbury, R. Dunkarton, John 
Dean, J. R. Smith, J. Murphy, and 
C. Turner, 

CHAPTER IV. Mezzotint engraving in the 
nineteenth century. The work of S. 
W. Reynolds, J. M. W. Turner, W. Say, 
G. Clint, T. G. Lupton, W. and J. 
Ward, D. Lucas, Samuel Cousins, C. 
W. Campbell, Frank Short, John D. 
Miller, Gerald P. Robinson, Miss E. 
Gulland, R. S. Clouston, and Norman 
Hirst, 

INDEX, 



PAGE 



I 08 



171 
2O I 



Xll 



I AM much indebted to the compilers of the 
following works of reference, which I have consulted 
freely during the writing of this book : 

BRYAN (M.) : Dictionary of Painters and En- 
gravers. London, 1886-89. 

NAGLER (G. K.) : Kiinstler-Lexicon. Munchen, 
1835-52. 

REDGRAVE (S.) : Dictionary of Artists of the 
English School. London, 1874. 

SMITH (J. CHALONER) : British Mezzotinto Por- 
traits. London, 1883. 

STEPHEN (L.) : Dictionary of National Biography. 
London, 1885-1900. 



XI 11 



LIST of the more important Works on 
MEZZOTINTS, as well as of Books con- 
taining valuable references to them. 

BROWNE (ALEXANDER) : Ars Pictoria : or an 
Academy treating of Drawing, Painting, 
Limning, Etching, etc. London, 1669. 

Containing a short technical description of 
the art of engraving in mezzotint, being the 
first printed account of the processes used in 
that art. 

BURLINGTON FINE ARTS CLUB PUBLICATIONS : 

1872. Catalogue of Exhibition of J. M. W. 

Turner's Liber Studiorum. 
1881. Catalogue of Exhibition of Engravings in 

Mezzotint, with Introduction by J. M.[aberly]. 
1886. Catalogue of Exhibition of Mezzotints by 

J. MacArdell. 

1902. Catalogue of Exhibition of British Mezzo- 
tint Portraits, 1750 to 1830, with Introduction 
by Frederick Wed more, and Notes by W. G. 
Rawlinson and G. B. Croft Lyons. 

1903. An illustrated edition of the foregoing, 
with plates in photogravure. 

CHELSUM (H. D.): A History of the Art of 
Engraving in Mezzotinto. Winchester, 1786. 
Contains a short notice of the origin of the 
art, and imperfect lists of English and foreign 
engravers and their works. 

xv 



MEZZOTINTS 

EVELYN QOHN) : Sculptura : or the History and 
Art of Chalcography and Engraving on 
Copper. ... To which is annexed a new manner 
of Engraving or Mezzo Tinto communicated 
by his Highness Prince Rupert to the author 
of this treatise. London, 1662. 

A gossipy little tract with a print of the 
head of the executioner, copied from the larger 
plate after Spagnoletto, engraved in mezzotint 
for John Evelyn by Prince Rupert. The first 
book illustrated with a mezzotint engraving. 

FIELDING (T. H.) : The Art of Engraving. London, 
1854. 

With a chapter on the process of engraving 
in mezzotint. 

FRANKAU (JULIA) : John Raphael Smith. London, 
1903. 

A biography, with list of engravings and 
a large portfolio of mezzotints and photo- 
gravures. 

HAMERTON (P. G.) : The Graphic Arts ; A Treatise 
on the Varieties of Drawing, Painting, and 
Engraving. London, 1882. 

With a short notice, and an example, of 
mezzotint engraving. 

HERKOMER (H. VON) : Etching and Mezzotint 
Engraving. London, 1892. 

Contains a very interesting account of the 
technique and artistic possibilities of mezzotint 
engraving, and some excellent plates, 
xvi 



LIST OF WORKS 

LABORDE (LoN DE) : Histoire de la Gravnre en 
maniere noire. Paris, 1839. 

Contains the full early history of the art of 
mezzotinting, with a few lithographic illustra- 
tions. There is also a catalogue of mezzotint 
engravers of all nationalities, with list of their 
works, not complete. This is the most im- 
portant book published as to the art of mezzo- 
tint, considered generally. 

LE BLON (J. CHR.): Coloritto. London, 1737. 

A curious little book, with mezzotints 
printed in colour on the principles advocated 
by the author. 

MABERLY (J.) : The Print Collector. London, 1844. 
With some valuable notes on mezzotints. 

PATON (H.): Etching, Drypoint, Mezzotint. London, 
1895. 

RAWLINSON (W. G.) : Turner's Liber Studiorum. 
London, 1878. 

Contains detailed descriptions of the various 
states. A most valuable book, and indispen- 
sable for ' Liber ' collectors. 

SHORT (FRANK) : On the Making of Etchings. 
London, 1888. 

With valuable notes on the technique of 
mezzotint, and a few examples. 

SINGER (H. W.) and STRANG (W.) : Etching, 
Engraving, and other Methods of Printing 
Pictures. London, 1897. 

Contains most useful and reliable descrip- 
tions of the various methods of engraving. 
b xvii 



MEZZOTINTS 

The illustrations by Mr. Strang are all ex- 
cellent. 

SMITH (J. CHALONER): British Mezzotinto Portraits. 
London, 1883. 

With an excellent history of the art of mez- 
zotint engraving from the commencement, and 
a note about printing in colour. The list of 
engravers, each of which has a short bio- 
graphical notice, is arranged alphabetically. 
There are full index lists. Illustrated with 
very good photogravure plates. An absolutely 
necessary work of reference for collectors of 
English mezzotint portraits. 

WEDMORE (FREDERICK) : Fine Prints. London, 
1897. 

Belongs to the ' Collector Series.' One of 
the chapters is devoted to an appreciative 
consideration of the later mezzotints, from a 
collector's point of view. 

WHITMAN (A.) : Masters of Mezzotint. London, 
1898. 

With excellent plates. 

WHITMAN (A.) : Valentine Green. London, 1902. 

One of a series entitled ' British Mezzo- 
tinters.' With small but excellent plates. 



xvin 






INDEX TO PLATES 

MRS. DAVENPORT, AFTER G. ROMNEY. 
Engraved by J. JONES. Frontispiece. 

Lettered: 'Painted by G. 
Romney. Engraved by 
J. Jones. London, 
Publish'd as the Act 
directs, May 29th, 1784, 
by J. Jones, No. 63 
Great Portland Street 
Marylebone.' 

H. ni. W. ii. 




Charlotte, daughter of 
Ralph Sneyd, of Keel, in 
Staffordshire, who married, 
about 1777, Davies Davenport of Capesthorne, 
Cheshire. 



XIX 



MEZZOTINTS 



AMELIA ELIZABETH, LANDGRAVINE OF HESSE. 

Engraved by L. VON SIEGEN, after a drawing by 
himself. Page 54. 

Lettered : ' Amelia Elisabetha 
D. G. Hassiae Landgravia, 
etc., Comitessa Hanoviae 
Montzenb : Illustrissimo ac 
Celssimo Pr: ac Dno Dno 
Wilhelmo vi. D. G. Hassiae 
Landg : etc., hanc Serenis- 
simae Matris et .Incompar- 
abilis Heroinae effigiem, ad 
vivum a se primum de- 
pictam novoq. jam sculp- 

turae modo expressam, dedicat consecratq. L. a 

S. Ao. Dnj. CIDIDCXLII.' 




H. 



W. i2f 

O 



She was Regent of Hesse-Cassel during the 
minority of her son, from 1637 to 1650. This 
is the earliest known example of a mezzotint 
engraving. 



xx 






INDEX TO PLATES 



WILLIAM, PRINCE OF ORANGE, AFTER HONDTHORST. 
Engraved by L. VON SIEGEN. Page 58. 

Lettered: ' G. Hondthorst 
pinxit. L. a Siegen 
inventor fecit 1644.' 

H. 2o. W. i6f. 

William n. was reigning 
Prince of Orange from 1647 
to 1650. He married Mary, 
daughter of Charles i. of 
England, and his son 
William succeeded to the 
English throne in 1689. 




THE LARGE EXECUTIONER,' AFTER SPAGNOLETTO. 
Engraved by PRINCE RUPERT. Page 66. 



On the sword is a crown and 
the letters ' R.P.F. 1658,' 
and below ' Spag. inv.' 
On the scroll hanging on 
the cross is the legend : 
'Ecce agnus dei qui tollit 
Peccata mundi.' 

H. 2 4 f W. 17*. 




XXI 



MEZZOTINTS 



'THE STANDARD-BEARER,' AFTER GIORGIONE. 
Engraved by PRINCE RUPERT. Page 68. 



On the border of the shield 
are the words : ' 1658 
Rup. P. Fee,' and at the 
top, on the right, 'Gior- 
gione.' 

H. ii. W. yf. 

This print is called 'David' 
by Laborde. 




THE COKE FAMILY, AFTER HUYSMAN. 
Engraved by PAUL VAN SOMER. Page 73. 



Probably represents 
the children of Sir 
Edward Coke of Long- 
ford, County Derby. 

H. i8|. W. 2 5 f. 




xxn 



INDEX TO PLATES 



JAMES, DUKE OF MONMOUTH, AFTER SIR P. LELY. 
Engraved by A. BLOOTELING. Page 76. 



Lettered : ' lames, Duke of 
Monmouth. P. Lely 
pinxit. A. Blooteling 
fecit.' 

H. 25. W. i9|. 

Sir James Scott was 
created Duke of Monmouth 
in 1662 by Charles n. He 
was noted for his beauty. 
In 1685 he proclaimed him- 
self king, landing from 
France at Lyme Regis. Shortly afterwards he 
was taken prisoner by the king's forces, attainted 
of high treason, and executed on Tower Hill. 




xxin 



MEZZOTINTS 

THE DUCHESS OF PORTSMOUTH, AFTER SIR P. LELY. 
Engraved by A. BLOOTELING. Page 78. 

Lettered : ' Louise, Dutchesse 
of Portsmouth, &c. P. 
Lely pinxit. A. Bloote- 
ling fecit. lo. Lloyd 
excudit.' 

H. 6. W. 5f. 

o v O 

Louise Rende de Kerou- 
alle was the daughter of a 
Breton nobleman, and maid 
of honour to Henrietta, 
Duchess of Orleans, daughter of Charles i. She 
came to England in 1670. Charles n. created her 
Duchess of Portsmouth in 1673. Her son Charles 
was created first Duke of Richmond in 1675. 

PHILIP WOOLRICH, AFTER J. GREENHILL. 
Engraved by FRANCIS PLACE. Page 84. 





Lettered : ' Mr. Philip Wool- 
rich, R P. fet: J. 
Greenhill pinx.' 

H.9f. 



XXIV 






INDEX TO PLATES 



MADAME TURNER, AFTER SIR G. KNELLER. 
Engraved by ISAAC BECKETT. Page 94. 



Lettered : ' Madame Turner. 
G. Kneller pinx: I. Beckett 
fe : et ex.' 



H. 



W 



She was a daughter of 
Algernon, son of William, 
second Earl of Salisbury, and 
wife of John Turner. 




CHARLES n., AFTER SIR G. KNELLER. 
Engraved by R. WILLIAMS. Page 96. 



Lettered : ' Carolus n. dus D : 
G : Ang : Sco : Fra : et 
Hib : Rex Fidei Defensor 
&c. G. Kneller pinx. R. 
Williams fecit. Sold by 
I. Smith at ye Lyon & 
Crown in Russel Street 
Covent Garden.' 

H. i. W. . 




XXV 



MEZZOTINTS 

THE COUNTESS OF RANELAGH, AFTER 

SIR G. KNELLER. 
Engraved by JOHN SMITH. Page 100. 

Lettered : ' The Countess of 
Ranelagh. G. Kneller 
Eques. pinx. I. Smith 
fee. Sold by I. Smith 
at the Lyon & Crown in 
Russell Street Covent 
Garden.' 

H. i2l W. 9 f. 




Probably Margaret, 
daughter of the third Earl 
of Salisbury, who married, 
as his second wife, in 1695, Richard Jones, 
created first Earl of Ranelagh in 1674. His first 
wife was Elizabeth, daughter of Lord Willoughby 
of Parham. ^ 

' JUPITER, JUNO, AND Io/ AFTER TITIAN. 
Engraved by JOHN SMITH. Page 102. 



Lettered : ' Jupiter Juno & Io. 
Ex Tabula Titiani. J. 
Smith fecit. Londini 1709.' 

H. isf. W. ii. 

One of a series of nine 
mezzotints engraved after the 
pictures by Titian, representing 
the ' Loves of the Gods," now 
at Blenheim Palace. 




xxvi 







INDEX TO PLATES 

MRS. T. C. PHILLIPS, AFTER HIGHMORE. 
Engraved by JOHN FABER, Jun. Page 1 18. 

Lettered: 'J. Highmore 
pinx. J. Faber fecit, 
1748.' 

H. i2. W. 10. 

Mrs. Phillips was the 
author of an Apology for 
her conduct. She was un- 
happily married to a rich 
merchant, Henry Muilman. 

QUEEN CHARLOTTE. 

Engraved by THOMAS FRYE, from one of his own 
drawings. Page 126. 

Lettered : ' Thos. Frye pic- 
tor ad vivum delineavit 
et sculpsit. Her Most 
Excellent Majesty Char- 
lotte, Queen of Great 
Britain &c. Published 
by Thomas Frye, accord- 
ing to Act of Parliament, 
May 24th, 1 762, and sold 
by him at the Golden 
Head in Hatton Garden.' 

H. 22|. W. i6|. 

Charlotte Sophia, daughter of Charles Louis, 
Grand Duke of Mecklenburg-Strelitz, married 
George HI., King of England, September 8, 1761. 

xxvii 




MEZZOTINTS 



THE DUCHESS OF ANCASTER, AFTER T. HUDSON. 
Engraved by J. MACARDELL. Page 130. 

Lettered : ' Thos. Hudson 



pinx. Js. McArdell fecit. 
Mary, Dutchess of An- 
caster, 1757. Publish'd 
according to Act of Par- 
liament & sold at the 
Golden Head in Covent 
Garden. Price 55.' 

H. i8f. W. i3|. 

The Duchess was a 
daughter of Thomas Panton, 
and a celebrated beauty. 

She was Mistress of the Robes to Queen Charlotte, 

and in 1750 married the third Duke of Ancaster. 

Her portrait was also painted by Sir Joshua 

Reynolds. 

MRS. BONFOY, AFTER SlR JOSHUA REYNOLDS, P. R. A. 

Engraved by J. MACARDELL. Page 132. 











/> 



Lettered : ' J. Reynolds 
pinxt. J. McArdell fecit. 
Publish'd according to 
Act of Parliament 1755.' 

H. i 3 f. W. io|. 

She was a daughter of 
Richard Eliot, M.P., and 
wife of Captain Hugh Bon- 
foy, R.N. 



XXVI 11 



INDEX TO PLATES 



LADY MIDDLETON, AFTER SIR P. LELY. 
Engraved by J. MACARDELL. Page 134. 



Lettered : ' Lady Middleton. 
Done from the original 
picture. Painted by Sr. 
Peter Lely in the Royal 
Palace at Windsor. By 
James McArdell.' 

H. 17$. W. 14. 

She was a daughter of 
Sir Robert Needham. 




' NIGHT,' AFTER P. MERCIER. 
Engraved by R. HOUSTON. Page 136. 



Lettered: ' Publish'd accord- 
ing to Act of Parliament 
Jany. 1758. Ph. Mercier 
pinxt. Richd. Houston 
fecit. Night. . . . London. 
Printed for Robt. Sayer 
opposite Fetter Lane Fleet 
Street. Price is. 6d.' 

H. I2f. W. 10. 

One of a series of the times 
of the day. The others are entitled ' Morning,' 
1 Noon,' and ' Afternoon.' 

xxix 




MEZZOTINTS 



COLONEL MORDAUNT'S COCK-MATCH, AFTER 

ZOFFANY. 

Engraved by R. EARLOM. Page 138. 




Lettered : ' Colonel Mordaunt's Cock Match at 
Lucknow, in the Province of Oude, in the year 
1786, at which were present several High and 
Distinguished Personages. J. Zoffany pinxit. 
R. Earlom sculpt., Londini.' 

H. 21. W. 26^. 



XXX 



INDEX TO PLATES 






FLOWERS AND FRUIT, AFTER J. VAN HUYSUM. 
Engraved by R. EARLOM. Page 140. 



Lettered, scratched : ' J. van 
Huysum pinx. Rich. 
Earlom sculpst., 1781. 
John Boydell excudit, 
1781.' 

'Published Sep. i, 
1781, by John Boydell, 
engraver in Cheapside, 
London.' 

H. i8i. W. 




There is a companion plate of Flowers only, 
engraved in 1778, which is also very beautiful. 



xxxi 



MEZZOTINTS 



THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, AFTER SIR JOSHUA 
REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 

Engraved by VALENTINE GREEN. Page 140. 

Lettered : ' Painted by Sir 
Joshua Reynolds. En- 
grav'd by V. Green, 
Mezzotinto Engraver to 
his Majesty & to the 
Elector Palatine. His 
Grace the Duke of Bed- 
ford, with his Brothers, 
Lord John Russell, 
Lord William Russell, 
and Miss Vernon. Pub- 

lish'd May ist, 1778, by W. Shropshire, No. 158 

New Bond Street.' 

H. i8|. W. 17. 

The fifth Duke of Bedford. Lord John suc- 
ceeded him as sixth duke in 1802. Lord William 
was murdered in 1840 by his valet, Courvoisier, 
and Miss Vernon married George, Earl of 
Warwick, in 1776. 




xxxi i 



INDEX TO PLATES 



THE COUNTESS OF SALISBURY, AFTER SIR JOSHUA 
REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 

Engraved by VALENTINE GREEN. Page 142. 



Lettered: 'Painted by Sir 
Joshua Reynolds. En- 
graved by V. Green, Mez- 
zotint Engraver to His 
Majesty & to the Elector 
Palatine. Emily Mary, 
Countess of Salisbury. 
Published Deer, ist, 1781, 
by V. Green, No. 29 New- 
man Street, Oxford Street, 
London.' 

H. 24. W. i 5 . 



She was a daughter of the first Marquis of 
Downshire, and in 1773 she married James, 
seventh Earl of Salisbury. She was burned to 
death in a fire at Hatfield Hall in 1835. 




XXXlll 



MEZZOTINTS 



KITTY FISHER, AFTER SIR JOSHUA 
REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 

Engraved by E. FISHER. Page 144. 



Lettered : ' J. Reynolds 
pinxt. E. Fisher fecit. 
Miss Kitty Fischer in 
the character of Cleo- 
patra. Painted for 
Thos. Bowles in St. 
Paul's Church Yard & 
Jno. Bowles and Son at 
the Black Horse in 
Cornhill.' 

H. ii. 




In 1766 Miss Fisher married a Mr. John 
Norris. She was a noted wit and a well-known 
beauty, and is said to have died from the poisonous 
effects of painting, in 1771. 



xxxiv 






INDEX TO PLATES 



1 HOPE NURSING LOVE," AFTER SIR JOSHUA 
REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 

Engraved by E. FISHER. Page 146. 



Lettered : ' Sir Joshua Rey- 
nolds pinxit. Publish'd 
according to Act of Par- 
liament, 25 July 1771, 
and sold by E. Fisher 
at the Golden Head in 
Leicester Square. E. 
Fisher sculpt. Hope 
Nursing Love.' 

H. 194. W. 14. 



Said to be a portrait of Theophila Palmer, 
afterwards Mrs. Gwatkin. 




XXXV 



MEZZOTINTS 



MRS. BOUVERIE AND SON, AFTER SlR JOSHUA 

REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 
Engraved by J. WATSON. Page 148. 

Lettered, on block: 'The 
Honble. Mrs. Bou- 
verie.' ' Sr. Joshua 
Reynolds pinxt. 
James Watson fecit. 
Publish'd accord- 
ing to Act of Par- 
liament, Sepr. 3Oth, 
1770: and Sold by 
James Watson, 
Queen Anne Street 
near Titchfield 

Street Oxford Road, and B. Clowes, No. 18 Gutter 

Lane, Cheapside, London.' 




H. 



W. 



She was Henrietta, daughter of Sir Everard 
Fawkener. She married firstly (1764) Edward 
Bouverie, brother of the Earl of Radnor, am" 
secondly Lord Robert Spencer, son of the secom 
Duke of Marlborough. 



XXXVI 



INDEX TO PLATES 



Miss JACOBS, AFTER SIR JOSHUA REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 
Engraved by J. SPILSBURY. Page 150. 

Lettered : ' J. Reynolds 
pinxt. J. Spilsbury fecit. 
This print obtained the 
highest Premium in the 
year 1761, granted by 
the Society for the En- 
couragement of Arts, 
Manufactures and Com- 
merce, instituted in Lon- 
don. Publish'd by J. 
Boydell, Engraver in 
Cheapside, Jany. ist, 
1762, according to Act of Parliament.' 

H. 18. W. 14. 




XXXVll 



MEZZOTINTS 



THE COUNTESS OF ANCRUM, AFTER SIR JOSHUA 
REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 

Engraved by J. SPILSBURY. Page 151. 

Lettered : ' Sir Joshua Rey- 
nolds pinxt. Jonn. Spils- 
bury fecit. To the Right 
Honbl. Willm. Kerr, 
Earl of Ancram, This 
Print is most humbly 
dedicated by his Lord- 
ships very obedient & 
much obliged Servant 
Jonn. Spilsbury. Pub- 
lished According to Act 
of Parliament, April 10, 

1770, and Sold at Spilsbury's Print Shop in 

Russel Court.' 

H. isi. W. ii. 

William Kerr succeeded to the earldom of 
Ancrum in 1690, when the title became merged 
in that of the earldom of Lothian. 




xxxvin 



INDEX TO PLATES 

MRS. ABINGTON, AFTER SIR JOSHUA 

REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 
Engraved by Miss ELIZABETH JUDKINS. Page 154. 

Lettered : ' Sr. Joshua 
Reynolds pinxt. 
Elizth. Judkins fecit. 
Mrs. Abington. Pub- 
lish'd According to 
Act of Parliament, 
May 20th, 1772, by 
James Watson, No. 
45 little Queen Ann 
Street.and B.Clowes, 
No. 1 8, Gutter Lane, 
Cheapside.' 

H. 13$. W. ii. 

A celebrated actress, Frances Barton was born 
in 1737, and married Mr. James Abington. She 
was a favourite subject with artists. 

LADY KENT, AFTER SIR JOSHUA REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 
Engraved by JOHN DEAN. Page 158. 

Lettered: 'Published Feby. 
i, 1779, by J. Dean, No. 
27 Berwick Street. Sir 
Joshua Reynolds pinxit. 
J. Dean fecit.' 

H. i W. 




She was a daughter of 
Josiah Wordsworth, and wife 
of Sir Charles Kent, Bart. 




XXXIX 



MEZZOTINTS 



BOY WITH LAMB, AFTER SIR JOSHUA 
REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 

Engraved by JOHN DEAN. Page 160. 




Lettered, scratched : ' Sir Joshua Reynolds pinxit. 
Published November the ist, 1776, by Jn. 
Walker, No. 13 Parliament Street. John 
Dean fecit.' 

H. i2|. W. 15. 

Said to be a portrait of Master Wynne, son 
of Sir W. Williams Wynne, in the character of 
St. John. 



xl 






INDEX TO PLATES 

LADY CATHERINE PELHAM-CLINTON, AFTER 
SIR JOSHUA REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 

Engraved by J. R. SMITH. Page 160. 

Lettered : 'Painted by Sr. 
Joshua Reynolds. En- 

Civ'd by J. R. Smith, 
dy Catherine Pelham 
Clinton. London, Pub- 
lish'd Feby. ist, 1782, by 
J. R. Smith, No. 83, 
opposite the Pantheon, 
Oxford Street.' 

H. 18. W. 14. 

She was a daughter of 




Henry Clinton, Earl of Lincoln, and in 1800 she 
married William, Lord Folkestone, afterwards 
Earl of Radnor. 

' SERENA,' AFTER G. ROMNEY. 
Engraved by J. R. SMITH. Page 162. 



Lettered: 'Painted by G. 
Romney. Engraved by 
J. R. Smith. Serena.' 

H. i8f. W. i 3 f 

Possibly Miss Sneyd, 
afterwards Mrs. Davenport 
of Capesthorne. 




MEZZOTINTS 



THE COUNTESS SPENCER, AFTER SIR JOSHUA 
REYNOLDS, P.R.A. 

Engraved by CHARLES HODGES. Page 166. 

Lettered: 'Sir Joshua Rey- 
nolds pinxt. C. Hodges 
fecit. Countess Spencer. 
London, Pubd. i6th 
Febry. 1785 by W. Hum- 
phrey, No. 227 Strand.' 

H. i2|. W. 10$. 

Lavinia, daughter of Sir 
Charles Bingham, after- 
wards Earl of Lucan, 
married in 1781 George, 
afterwards second Earl Spencer. 




'THE SHIPWRECK,' AFTER J. M. W. TURNER, R.A. 
Engraved by C. TURNER. Page 168. 

Lettered along 
the lower edge 
of the picture: 
'London. Pub. 
Jany. I, 1807, 
by C. Turner, 
No. 50 Warren 
Str., Fitzroy 
Square.' 




INDEX TO PLATES 



THE DUCHESS OF BEDFORD, AFTER 
J. HOPPNER, R.A. 

Engraved by S. W. REYNOLDS. Page 178. 



Georgiana Elizabeth Byng 
was the second daughter of 
George, fourth Viscount 
Tornngton, and in 1786 she 
married John, afterwards 
sixth Duke of Bedford, Lord- 
Lieutenant of Ireland. 

H. 25*. W. i 7 f. 



INVERARY PIER. 

Etched and engraved by J. M. W. TURNER, after 
a sketch by himself. Page 182. 

Lettered: 'Drawn 
Etched & En- 
graved by I. 




M. W. Turner, 
R.A. Inverary 
Pier, Locn 
Fyne. Morn- 
ing. Published 
June i, 1811, 
by I. M. W. 
Turner, Queen 
Anne Street West. 1 

H. 




W. 10. 



xliii 



MEZZOTINTS 



THE COTTAGERS, AFTER G. MORLAND. 
Engraved by W. WARD. Page 188. 

Lettered : ' Painted 
by G. Morland. 
Cottagers. En- 
grav'd by W. 
Ward. London, 
Publish'd Feby. 
1791 by T. Simp- 
son, St. Paul's 
Church Yard.' 




H. 1 



W. 20. 



QUEEN VICTORIA, AFTER A. E. CHALON, R.A. 
Engraved by S. COUSINS. Page 194. 



Lettered : ' Painted by Alfred 
E. Chalon, R.A., London. 
Published May ist, 1839, 
by F. G. Moon, Printseller 
by Special Appointment 
to Her Majesty, aoThread- 
needle Street. Engraved 
by Samuel Cousins, 
A.R.A. Victoria R.' 

H. 24. W. isi. 




xliv 






INDEX TO PLATES 



MRS. WOLFF, AFTER SIR THOMAS 
LAWRENCE, P.R.A. 

Engraved by S. COUSINS. Page 196. 

Lettered : ' Engraved by 
Samuel Cousins, from 
a picture by the late 
Sir Thomas Lawrence, 
P.R.A., &c. &c. Mrs. 
Wolff. London, Pub- 
lished March ist, 1831, 
by Colnaghi Senr., 
Dominic Colnaghi & 
Co., Printsellers to 
their Majesties, Pall 
Mall East.' 

H. 15*. W. 12. 




NOTE 

It must be understood that the lettering 
on mezzotints often varies considerably, so that 
any given lettering may only occur on one par- 
ticular state. So the letterings given above are 
only to be taken as those which are most commonly 
found. In the case of proofs there is very often 
no lettering at all. 

In the same way the dimensions given, namely 
the height and width of the subject in inches, 
are also liable to variation, so these can only be 
safely considered as approximate. 

xlv 



MEZZOTINTS 






MEZZOTINTS 



CHAPTER I 

Mezzotint engraving on metal : what it is and how it is 
done. How prints are made from mezzotinted plates, 
and how to keep them when they are made. Inks, 
papers, and coloured prints. The enemies of prints, and 
the literature of mezzotints. Continental engravers in 
mezzotint. 

IF a polished sheet of metal be slightly indented 
or scratched, and ink be rubbed into the 
mark, when damp paper is strongly pressed 
in it a cast of the lines will be made on the paper in 
relief, the ink which has rested in the lines in the 
metal being absorbed and retained by the paper. 

On the other hand, if most of the metal surface 
be cut away either by graver or by acid, and a few 
lines left sticking up at their original surface-level, 
these lines being inked, and paper lightly pressed 
on them, an impression of them in intaglio will be 
left on the paper, the ink being retained by the 
paper equally as in the first case. 

These two processes, exactly opposite in prin- 
ciple, have both been largely used for the multi- 
plication of prints from metal plates or blocks. The 
first, which may be called the intaglio process, is 
made use of in the case of line engravings, etchings, 
rouletted work, dry-points, ana aquatints ; the 

A I 



MEZZOTINTS 

second, the relief process, was most effectively used 
in the case of the beautiful illustrations found in 
the French Horce of the fifteenth century, especially 
those printed, and possibly engraved, by Pigouchet 
or Simon Vostre, and also in the eighteenth 
century when William Blake cut or etched copper 
blocks in relief from which he printed his curious 
poems with their illustrations. 

A metal plate, engraved as a mezzotint with 
rocker and scraper, holds an intermediate place 
between the two methods of intaglio and relief. 
The groundwork, prepared by roulette, rocker, or 
file, begins by being intaglio, but by reason of 
much trituration part of the surface metal is 
actually raised above its original level in small 
points, forming a surface which may be considered 
somewhat analogous to an untouched wood block, 
inasmuch that if inked each would make a black 
impression, although one is rough and the other 
is smooth. Again, if the wood block be engraved 
that is to say part of it cut away a corresponding 
light mark will appear on a print made from it ; so 
also, if part of the rocked surface of the metal plate 
be scraped away or pressed down, a corresponding 
light mark will appear on the print. 

But in practice few mezzotints actually exist by 
themselves ; they are generally helped by some more 
definite touches either of the burin or of the etching 
or dry-point needle, and the existence of much of 
this work brings the plate at once into the class of 
intaglio engravings. 

When a plate has been etched before it has been 
roughened by rocker or roulette, the etched lines 
will appear on the print in low relief. Sometimes, 

2 



ETCHING, STIPPLE AND DRY POINT 

if the rocking, rouletting, or grounding has been 
carried very deeply, it may obliterate the etched 
lines altogether in dark places, but they can gene- 
rally be detected by their difference of texture to 
that of the soft mezzotinting. As a rule an etched 



ROULETTE' LIKE A SPUR-ROWEL. 



line has blunted ends, whereas an engraved line has 
delicately pointed ends, and also has cleaner edges. 
Etching, as well as engraving, removes some metal 
from the plate on which it occurs, but rouletting or 
rocking does not unless it is carried too far, in 
which case the plate is ruined. 

Graining by stipple, a process much used by 
mezzotinters, especially those of Cousins' school, is 
a sort of etching, but instead of lines the etcher 
makes dots, and the acid eats the metal away ir- 
regularly, so that no two dots are the same shape. 
Pointilld work, the fine dotting which can be seen 
on faces, is usually simply done by hand with a fine 
point. Microscopically, on a print, both the stipple 
stars and the pointilld dots project above the general 
level of the paper. 

Dry-point consists of scratches made on a metal 
plate with a sharp, strong needle. These scratches 
have fine ends lilce those of an engraved line, but 
no metal is removed ; the needle only cuts a furrow 
like that made by a plough, and throws up the 
superabundant metal at the side in a burr. In a 
print a dry-point line shows with a blurred effect, 
due to the burr catching some extra ink under its 
sheltering ridge. When the burr is worn or scraped 

3 



MEZZOTINTS 

off, the line itself shows only as if it were engraved 
by the burin. 

A normal engraved line shows on a print with 
pointed ends, and is in relief. It is a trench cut 
out of the surface of the metal by means of a sharp 
burin of steel, which removes a strip of metal in the 
same way that a wood-engraver's tool cuts out a 
thread of wood from a piece of boxwood. 

Lines produced in these ways show more or 
less on almost all mezzotints, and although no 
doubt an excess of any of them should take a plate 
out of the category of true mezzotints, it must be 
allowed that a small amount of such auxiliary work 
is advisable, inasmuch as it is, for instance, all but 
impossible to engrave a human eye properly with 
rocker and scraper alone. As to subject pieces and 
landscapes in mezzotint, they are so universally 
etched, aquatinted (another kind of etching), or 
engraved as well, that almost all of them should 
really be designated as engraved in ' mixed manner.' 

The existence, however, of even a small amount 
of mezzotinting in a plate has been for a very long 
time considered enough to justify its inclusion in 
the class of mezzotints, and perhaps this is well, 
because the supplementary work is after all only 
intended to strengthen and improve the mezzo- 
tinting. 

On all first-rate mezzotints a grain of definite 
form can be seen in light places, and this is now 
and then quite large so large indeed that it is often 
wonderful how well a soft effect has been managed. 
When the grain is very fine, it seems to me that the 
effect is never so good. As a general rule, the finer 
the grain the harder the effect on the print. 
4 



ENGRAVING IN MEZZOTINT 

We see, then, that in line engravings, etchings, 
or aquatints, some of the metal itself is removed in 
the process by burin or acid. On the other hand, 
in the cases of dry-point, hammered work, roulette 
work, or mezzotints made by the use of rocker and 
burnisher alone, none of the metal is removed, but 
only the arrangement of its particles is altered. In 




'SCRAI'ER.' 



the case of a mezzotint it is usual to effect another 
process, that of actually removing some of the 
burred surface, as may be considered advisable, by 
means of a sharp scraper. I take it that the exist- 
ence of some of this scraped work on a plate is really 
the criterion of true mezzotinting. It exists in 
every plate of the first rank. At the same time, 
numbers of so-called mezzotints have no scraped 
work at all upon them. These plates have been 
entirely engraved by means of roulettes or similar 
instruments, sometimes only rouletted just where 
shadows were required, and sometimes roughened 
more or less all over, and then lightened and finished 
by the use of a burnisher only. 

It will be readily understood that a needle point 
set in a convenient handle is an efficient instrument 
for making slight dots on the surface of a piece of 
polished metal ; that such a piece of metal, not 
dotted, would provide no proper nidus for ink to 
rest in, but that if a design were carried out in 
dots on the surface, ink would remain in them, and 
ordinary prints could be made from such a plate 

5 



MEZZOTINTS 

as long as the surface of the metal was not worn 
down so far as to obliterate the traces of the needle- 
point. It is also evident that as the dots become 
shallower and tend to disappear, so pari fiassu the 
fainter the resulting print from the plate would 
appear. A dot made on copper with a sharp point 
held perpendicularly will make some burr, but so little 
that it may be ignored, and will not show on a print 
if the inking is skilfully done with that purpose. 

PointiHe" work of this kind has been made use 
of generally as an accessory to line engraving or 
etching for so long that it is practically co-existent 
with the art of line engraving itself, both before this 
art was utilised for the express purpose of re- 
duplicating prints as well as afterwards. 

It is interesting to note that although an en- 
graved design on a metal plate will hold ink in 
such a way that numbers of practically identical 
prints can be made from it, it is also possible to 
make an unique print from a plate that has no 
engraving at all upon it. This can be done by so 
inking the plate that a picture is formed by the ink 
alone, and then when printed in the usual way, a 
print will be produced, good or bad, according to the 
skill with which the inking has been done. But only 
one print can be drawn from such a plate, because 
the first one made carries off the whole of the ink. 

The possibility, however, of making such a print 
is a valuable index of the immense power of the 
printer to make or mar prints from any engraved 
plate, a power that in my opinion should be retained 
in the hands of the engraver himself. 

After the needle-point, held in the hand of the 

engraver, had been used for a long time to make 

6 



ROULETTING 

dots one by one slowly and laboriously, it occurred 
to a soldier artist, Ludwig von Siegen, a German 
officer in the Hessian army, that some more effective 
and quicker instrument might be devised that would 
produce a similar result with less labour. Von 
Siegen brought into his service an instrument like 
a small cog-wheel with sharp teeth, set in a con- 
venient handle so as to revolve easily. When such 
an instrument is run 

face of a metal plate, it ANOTHER ro ^ Qf , ROULETTE> , 

leaves a line of slightly L ,KE A LITTLE BARREL. 

burred dots, and this 

was exactly what Von Siegen wanted. All his 
earlier plates were engraved by means of these 
little wheels, or roulettes, used as a pencil or brush 
might be, and in his skilled and able hands the 
resulting effect is admirable. 

It is certain that Von Siegen must have experi- 
mented well with his new instrument before he 
engraved the earliest of his plates, prints from 
which still exist, as the work on this plate shows 
the touch of a very practised hand, ana also when 
he engraved it he had already a well chosen stock 
of tools. This can be surmised by reason of the 
existence of lines of dots variously spaced, for any 
one roulette will only make lines of dots spaced 
continuously one particular way. A very careful 
examination is required to tell exactly what pattern 
of roulette has been used in any given case, as they 
vary largely. They may have several rows of teeth 
of different patterns, or only one ; they may be 
like spur-rowels or like little garden rollers. The 
portrait of Amelia Elizabeth, Landgravine of Hesse, 

7 



MEZZOTINTS 

referred to above, is a very charming example of 
roulette engraving, the first that was ever made, 
delicate and effective, and it undoubtedly shows 
the first important step towards the discovery of 
the art of mezzotinting. Several other fine plates 
were excellently engraved by Von Siegen in the 
same way with the roulette alone, but presently he 
went one step further in the development of the 
new art. 

After having engraved several masterly plates 
with roulettes used freely as pencil or brush, simply 
to make shadows as required, Von Siegen ultimately 
found that when a roulette was made to cross and 
recross the surface of the metal again and again in 
the same place with some pressure, a new effect 
became apparent on the print. The separate lines 
of dots now merged into each other in a remark- 
able way, losing their structural identity as dots 
altogether, and ultimately producing a roughened or 
triturated surface by reason of the running together 
of the burrs surrounding each dot. The result was 
a sort of trap for the ink, which would lie on a 
place treated in such a manner in an unduly large 
proportion, and consequently yielded on the print 
itself a very strongly inked patch having a more or 
less velvety texture. 

I hardly think that the utilisation of the small 
wheel, or a modification of it, to actually roughen 
the whole of a metal plate, irrespective of the design 
afterwards to be lightened out of it, ever occurred 
to Von Siegen, and I do not think any of his plates 
were so treated. 

The roughening of the surface of a polished 
sheet of metal can be accomplished in many ways. 



THE ROCKER 

A wash of strong acid will remove the polish slightly 
and unevenly ; sulphur will remove it more manage- 
ably ; sandpaper can be pressed into it by means of 
a roller ; the surface can be filed or rolled over by 
a file ; a roulette or a small roughened roller can be 
run all over it ; a needle point can scratch it all 
over; and, finally, the instrument called a 'rocker* 
can be used. Each of these processes respectively 
will achieve the same main result, but with marked 




HAND 'ROCKER.' 



differences in the grain, which will show in the 
light places of a print. A modern ' rocker ' is 
like an ordinary chisel with a rounded instead of 
a straight edge, one side of it, moreover, being 
channelled with close parallel lines. The rounded 
end permits of the instrument being easily rocked 
sideways by hand, like a cradle, each movement 
making one line of dots. It is easily kept sharp 
by grinding or hone-stoning on its reverse side. 







POLE ARRANGEMENT OF 'ROCKER.' 



The mezzotinting of plates is now usually done 
by means of a 'rocker' set in a long handle and 

9 



MEZZOTINTS 

easily worked by a skilled workman, but even so it 
is a slow process. The plate should be gone com- 
pletely over about eighty times. 

The theory is that the whole plate should be 
carefully rocked all over so as to be quite evenly 
roughened, and when the rocking is done by some 
assistant, or automatically, this result is quite easily 
attained ; but whenever an engraver rocks his own 
plate, it seems to me that it is better that he should 
do so sympathetically with his subject rather than 
blindly. At the same time, rocking is so wearisome 
a process that now almost all mezzotinters have 
their plates ready rocked for them to any grain they 
may prefer, and find it more satisfactory to give 
themselves a little more work with the scraper, than 
to prepare the plate entirely with their own hands. 

I think that probably most of the great engravers 
rocked their plates themselves, but in a few cases 
they undoubtedly made their assistants do it. The 
minute dots, grains, or marks found on mezzotints 
vary greatly. Many are quite coarse, while others 
are so fine as to produce a mere grey shadow. Some 
of these delicate roughenings indeed may quite pos- 
sibly be only sulphur or acid stains, or even a slight 
film of ink judiciously left on the bare polished 
copper ; but in all cases the finest prints show 
largish grains in light places. A mezzotint should 
not be examined as a miniature or even as an 
etching, but should be viewed rather from such a 
distance as to give full value to the major distri- 
butions of light and shade. From the technical 
point of view, however, the grain is a most im- 
portant witness, as from observation of it we could 
reconstruct the instrument with which it was made. 
10 



ROCKING 

Microscopically, the thoroughly rocked surface 
of a metal plate closely resembles a choppy sea 
suddenly solidified. The level of calm is non- 
existent it lies theoretically midway between the 
tops of the highest waves and the bottoms of the 
lowest troughs. Although the first immediate effect 
of the rocker or roulette is to make only a few 
scattered dots in intaglio, when this process is 
repeated again and again the dots get so mixed 
up that they all run into each other and become 
separated only by small irregular walls or burrs of 
metal raised above their normal surface-level. At 
a certain stage the rocking must be stopped or the 
delicate burrs will themselves get so fine that they 
will break off, and the plate will be spoiled. The 
exact amount of rocking that each metal will bear 
is a point that must be thoroughly understood by 
the operator. It will thus be seen that one effect 
of a close rocking is practically to raise up a series 
of projecting points divided from one another by 
irregular pits, each of which will, in the process of 
inking, become .filled with ink. When soft wet 
paper is pressed upon such a surface, the sharp pro- 
jecting asperities of the much roughened surface 
will pierce it everywhere, thereby not only allowing 
much of the ink to be absorbed within the actual 
thickness of the paper, but also actually causing a 
certain disintegration of its substance into some- 
thing distantly resembling the pile of velvet. So 
we find that peculiarly soft velvety effect in the very 
dark places of mezzotint prints that are inked in 
such a way as to bring it out. This tendency to 
velvety appearance, however, has its danger, as it 
is not proper that it should show much or in places 

ii 



MEZZOTINTS 

where it is wrong for instance in trees so the 
proper subservience of this quality is one of the 
tests of a finely produced print from a mezzotinted 
plate. In fine prints, heavily inked places possess a 
delicate bloom which is very easily marred indeed 
it is dimmed even if gently rubbed with the finger- 
tips, and some of it will come off if touched finely 
with a white handkerchief. Hence the necessity of 
keeping valuable proofs so that their surfaces shall 
not be in any way rubbed or pressed. 

A similar velvety effect can be seen to a smaller 
degree in dry-point etchings or places worked with 
dry-point, and for the same reason. 

When the burr from a dry-point line is removed 
by a scraper, a bare line incised on the copper is 
left, and on the print the velvety effect disappears. 
When, likewise, the rough burred surface of a 
mezzotinted plate is flattened and blunted by the 
action of a scraper, the tendency of the print is 
to show light places, and in such places the grain 
of the tool used in roughening the plate can be 
seen and studied, because by scraping off the sur- 
face we get gradually down to the first intaglio- 
marks of the roulette or rocker on the surface of 



' BURNISHER.' 

the metal. If the scraping process is continued 
far enough, in either case, to remove the copper 
until all the holes or lines upon it are gone, a space 
will be left on which the ink will not stick, and 
which, consequently, will print white. Such places 
can be further flattened and polished by means of 
12 



BURNISHING AND SCRAPING 

a burnisher, but the use of this instrument is 
always very sparing in good work, appearing only 
at a few small points. The great art of the mezzo- 
tint engraver lies in his use of the scraper, which 
is, at its best, a thoroughly artistic process, re- 
quiring the greatest skill and experience on the 
part of the operator. 

The mere working of a mezzotint plate after the 
rocking is done is quick and easy. A screen of 
oiled paper is set up before a window or lamp, and 
the plate firmly fixed at a suitable angle. There 
are many ways of marking the plate for working 
upon : one of the easiest is to cover it over with 
lamp black and on that draw the design in white. 
All the white must then be scraped away to a 
depth which the engraver must judge as well as 
he can. If the engraving is an original, the artist 
will probably know how far to scrape ; but if he is 
making a copy, he must proceed slowly and care- 
fully, and will first probably make a reversed study 
in monotone of the picture to be copied, the same 
size as his engraving is to be, ana he will have 
this drawing close to his side and work from it. 
The effect of his touches with the scraper are at 
once apparent as lights on the metal if anywhere 
he scrapes away too much, he can roulette that 
place again if he doesn't scrape away enough at 
first, he goes on until the proper effect is reached. 
Every touch has a visible value immediately, but 
the lighter places show better on steel than on 
copper, as tnis latter oxidises and darkens very 
quickly. Some art processes help their votaries, 
some do not. Line engraving helps least of all the 
methods of engraving upon metal ; etching with 

13 



MEZZOTINTS 

acid helps most an unskilled draughtsman can be 
made to produce an etching with artistic qualities 
in it. Mezzotinting comes between these two 
extremes. It is easy to produce a bad mezzotint, 
but excessively difficult to produce a good one. 

Definite lines in certain places appear to be 
necessary to counteract the indefiniteness insepar- 
able from mezzotint alone. In portraits such 
marks can usually be found about the eyes, nose, 
mouth, and hands, and they have been made 
either with the burin, dry-point, or etching-needle. 
Etching with acid as a preliminary to mezzotinting 
has commonly been resorted to in the case of 
landscapes, notably in the case of Turner's Liber 
Studiorum. Here it has been used to define the 
outlines only, and the printed plates are, more- 
over, also sometimes helped with aquatinting ; 
but etching has also been much used generally for 
outlining and defining designs to be afterwards 
finished in mezzotint. 

Aquatinting is a method of roughening the 
surface of a metal plate which was invented about 
the middle of the eighteenth century by a German 
engraver, Le Prince. It has a delicate and soft 
effect, if well managed. It is, however, largely auto- 
matic, the process requiring only careful control 
on the part of the artist. The plate is covered 
with small grains of resin in carefully graduated 
quantities, and then immersed in acid which bites 
the metal wherever it can reach it between the 
grains. The printed effect is that of a fine irregular 
network. 

Skies show well and softly in aquatint, but they 
are not so easy to produce either by etching or 



PROOFS 

mezzotint, as Turner realised. The grain produced 
by rocker or roulette is not an easy one to utilise 
for any sky except one heavily overcast with 
thunder-clouds. 

Although copper has been the most extensively 
used of any metal for engraving in mezzotint, it is 
too soft to bear the pressure of many printings 
without deterioration. About thirty prints of the 
finest quality can be drawn from such a plate ; after 
that the prints begin to show a faintness in the 
very dark places. The dark parts show wear first, 
because there the plate is most delicate : the points 
of the burrs are fine and close together, and of little 
individual strength. Prints made from the slightly 
worn state of the plate may easily be doctored with 
lamp black or printing ink so as to appear all right, 
but this will generally show if the print is held up 
to the light. After the first thirty prints have been 
drawn from an engraved copper plate, it is probable 
that about a hundred more can be made which will 
be good enough for all ordinary purposes. In the 
case of a very elaborate plate it may be necessary to 
make several proofs as the work progresses, and the 
engraver must be careful not to be too free with 
such proofs, because each one wears out the plate 
to some degree. Some way should be thought of 
to enable an engraver to get a proof that would 
have a working value but which would not wear out 
the plate, and I think it possible that such proofs 
could be made with plaster of Paris. Waxed paper 
will do for an etching, but I doubt if it would be of 
much use for a mezzotint. When the plate shows 
signs of deterioration, the device of re-touching can 
be resorted to, enabling yet many more prints to be 

15 



MEZZOTINTS 

made. It is difficult without comparison to say 
whether a print is drawn from a plate that has been 
re-touched a first or even a second time, but after 
that it will show an apparent diversity of texture 
or value of the dark parts as compared with the 
rest. They will almost appear as if they had been 
inked with a different ink. 

In 1820 William Say engraved a small mezzo- 
tint on hardened steel, but after this experimental 
plate he does not seem to have tried it again. 
Both T. G. Lupton and David Lucas, however, 
followed his example with much success. Prints 
from steel mezzotints have generally been printed 
in black ink, and this is certainly not so sym- 
pathetic for landscape work as brown, but there is 
a quality in the grain of a mezzotint on steel which 
makes it difficult to make a satisfactory print in 
any colour that is not very dark. The graining on 
steel or iron is always made very fine and shallow, 
and this always inclines the resulting print to 
hardness ; but I cannot see why a print drawn 
from a steel plate should not appear of the same 
quality as one from a copper plate, provided the 
mezzotinting was done with identical tools to the 
same depth. 

The actual working of a steel plate is more 
troublesome than that of a copper plate, but the 
engraver reaps his reward in the far greater number 
of prints he can get. A compromise has, however, 
been extensively used of late years, as it has been 
found possible by means of an electrotyping process 
to coat an engraved copper plate with a film of 
steel fine enough to make very little difference in 
the depth of the engraved marks upon it. After 
16 



STEEL PLATING 

many impressions have been taken from such a 
steeled plate, and the thin steel shows signs of 
wear, it can all be stripped off and the plate re- 
steeled. It is obvious that, although this process 
renders it easy to multiply prints almost indefinitely, 
it nevertheless lessens the precious rarity which 
must always be accounted one of the many charms 
of a beautiful proof drawn from a sensitive copper 
plate. The quality, moreover, of a print from a 
steeled copper plate differs from one made before 
the plate was subjected to the steeling process. 

On the other hand, there seems no doubt that 
from the commercial aspect superior virtue attaches 
to the steeled plate, from which numerous impres- 
sions can be cheaply produced and expensively sold 
in accordance with the various checks ordained by 
the Printsellers* Association. Any one of such prints 
may only indeed be one of a very large number, as 
any number of ' proofs ' may have been made. 

The important question as to whether a mezzo- 
tinted copper plate, steeled, can yield as fine a print 
as it might have done before being subjected to this 
process, is one about which there is much diversity of 
opinion. I am told by good judges that the covering 
of steel is so extremely thin that practically it makes 
no difference, in a print, that can be detected by 
unprofessional vision. I do not hold with this view 
at all, as it is quite certain that the operation of 
steeling an engraved copper plate undoubtedly does 
make a considerable difference in the depth of any 
lines or dots which may be engraved upon it, the 
tendency of all such covering being to accumulate 
particularly in hollow places. For this reason it is 
possible by successive re-steeling to produce at last 
B 17 



MEZZOTINTS 

a perfectly flat surface on an engraved copper plate. 
So if a plate requires re-steeling, it is absolutely 
necessary that all remains of the previous steeling 
should be completely removed before it is subjected 
to the new operation. 

Modern mezzotints are intended to circulate 
largely, therefore they are usually steeled from the 
very first. From such a plate tens of thousands of 
prints can be made, the steeling being done again 
and again as necessary, the copper plate retaining 
throughout its original form unaltered. No print 
from a steeled plate can properly have an extra- 
vagant value, because hundreds of impressions that 
are practically identical may possibly exist. This 
could never be said about a print from a copper 
plate, and I cannot but regret that mezzotint 
engravers do not rigidly leave steeled plates for the 
exclusive benefit of line engravings, etchings, or 
photogravures, for the preservation of which the 
hardening process is eminently fitted. 

Before a mezzotinted plate is quite finished, 
proof prints are made from it for the purpose of 
seeing more clearly the true effect on paper of the 
work done. These prints are often made in reverse, 
that is to say, from the wet proof pulled from the 
plate. Another print is made by placing another 
piece of damp paper over it, and passing them both 
together under the printing-roller. The result is a 
flat print handed in the same way as the plate, and 
consequently easy to work from. Working proofs 
are usually purposely over-inked so as to exaggerate 
the darkness, the corrections being then more safely 
worked gradually with the scraper. After a more 
or less lengthened state of imperfection, a plate will 
18 






PROOFS 

eventually reach a condition which is good enough, 
in the opinion of its author, for all practical pur- 
poses, and then there will be some more proofs 
made, this time with a view to the proper inking of 
the plates a most important point, as a printer can, 
by skilled manipulation and working with a rag and 
some whitening, ink the same plate so differently 
that even a good judge of prints might say they re- 
presented different states of the same engraving. 
The printer will pull three or four proofs inked in 
different ways, and submit them for approval or 
comment, and when one of these is at last satisfac- 
tory, it will be returned as an approved proof, and 
from it the printer will regulate his future inkings, 
keeping it always before him. No two prints, how- 
ever, can be quite alike. In the case of copper there 
is always a marked difference, as the plate so soon 
begins to wear. Trial proofs and proofs of all kinds 
of fine plates are much valued by collectors, although 
many of them are dark and messy, having been 
made for actual use, and probably knocked about in 
the workshop. The fewer proofs made, the better 
for the plate. 

When the actual engraving of the plate has been 
approved, the lettering is added, and here is found 
another series of small differences dear to the 
collector. The names of artist and engraver, and 
sometimes the title of the picture, are at first only 
scratched on the copper. This means one state. 
Next, one of the inscriptions may be burnished, cut 
and altered, and little sketches or designs added 
along the margins. This is another state. 

Eventually all the scratched letterings and other 
marks are cleared off, and the title properly written 

'9 



MEZZOTINTS 

by a professional engraver, the large capitals per- 
haps left in outline only. This is a sign of an early 
print, and is consequently highly esteemed. The 
outline letters presently are lined, or perhaps all the 
hitherto blank space at the bottom of the plate is 
ruled over with lines. These indications point to 
endeavours on the part of the engraver to strengthen 
his weakening plate, and the value of a print on 
which they occur is lessened in comparison to what 
it was before their appearance. 

I do not think the most pleasing prints from a 
mezzotinted copper-plate are to be found in any of 
the trial proofs, but rather among the first few pro- 
perly lettered prints drawn from it. All the more 
delicate excellences of the plate are, or should be, 
still undimmed, and the printer is not yet tired of 
his monotonous work. When a printer gets wearied 
of a certain plate, he is likely unconsciously to slur 
the printing from it, and moreover, all the quite early 
impressions from any plate are sure to have been 
pulled by the same man, who has studied the plate 
well enough to have succeeded in producing the ap- 
proved proof, of which he is justly proud, and the 
peculiarities of which he is naturally anxious to repro- 
duce as exactly as possible in the subsequent prints. 

It will be understood that all these delightful 
differences as to states are only found in natural 
perfection in the case of prints made from copper 
plates. If they occur at all in prints made from 
steeled copper plates, they only exist of design, and 
lose therefore their proper value as real indications 
of the different periods of the life of a plate. When 
they are made purposely they can only have a 
purely commercial interest. 
20 



PAPERS 

Prints from steel plates, or from copper steeled, 
can be produced in such numbers that they need 
never possess the rare virtues of dissimilarity so 
strongly marked when the softer copper has been 
used, but of course fine proofs taken from a copper 
plate before it has been steeled are of full artistic 
interest. 

A fine proof from an old copper mezzotint may 
be worth anything, and will increase in estimation ; 
but a print from a modern steeled plate, however 
brilliant it may appear, may be nevertheless only 
one of a very considerable number that are prac- 
tically identical, and such prints are unlikely to 
increase, justly, in rarity or value. 

The papers used for printing from mezzotint 
plates are very various. Most kinds have at one 
time or another found favour with engravers, but 
as a rule they have preferred a thick, soft paper. 

Etchers have generally liked a thin, fine paper, 
as this presses more easily into the fine lines on an 
etched plate ; but such a paper would be likely to be 
cut up too much by the file-like roughness of a 
mezzotint. Etchers also have favoured a tinted 
paper for their prints, but mezzotinters have as a 
rule preferred white paper, though coloured papers 
have now and then been tried experimentally. Some 
few mezzotints have been printed on vellum with 
charming effect, but the use of this substance in any 
quantity would wear out a copper-plate quicker than 
paper. ' 

Numbers of old mezzotints have been printed on 
a thick paper which has been imperfectly pulped, 
the result being that it is full of small pimples. 
These pimples easily get rubbed on their inked 

21 



MEZZOTINTS 

surfaces, and they soon show as pale spots on the 
print. If this disaster has already happened, the 
only thing to do is to touch each pale spot care- 
fully with lamp black or printing ink to the same 
tone it had before it was injured. The print then 
should be put under a sunk mount deep enough to 
completely protect the surface and strong enough 
to prevent bending. 

When the artist is satisfied as well as possible 
with the quality of the paper on which his prints are 
to be made, it is cut up into a size slightly exceeding 
that of the plate itself. These pieces of paper are 
then wetted and laid in a heap upon each other and 
allowed to soak awhile, so that the moisture may 
penetrate the paper thoroughly and uniformly 
throughout its entire substance. Great care must 
be taken that no atom of grease reaches the paper 
at this stage. If it does, the print made from the 
piece that is greasy will probably be no good, as the 
ink will not take properly over a greasy spot. 
Many prints have to be thrown away because of 
such mischances, which are often not found out 
until a print is made. If vellum is being used it 
must not be wetted, but will absorb sufficient 
moisture by being left in a damp cupboard for some 
few hours. 

When the paper is considered to be properly 
damped, it may be lightly brushed with a clean 
nailbrush on the side which is to be printed on, sc 
as to loosen up the fibres and render them more 
able to absorb ink freely. The engraved plate, well 
warmed, is then inked in accordance with the 
approved proof. 

The ink, prepared with burned linseed oil, is 

22 



PRINTING 

rubbed on to the plate, well into every line, dot, 
mark or roughness upon it, and then partly removed 
by hand or rag, until the printer judges that the 
proportion left on the plate is commensurate as 
nearly as possible with that on the proof he is 
working from. 

The inked plate is now placed face upwards on 
the travelling platform of the printing-press, and 
the damped paper laid carefully and directly upon 
it, straight and even. Over the paper are laid piece 
after piece and fold after fold of cloth, felt, or some 
other padding, until in the judgment of the printer 
there is a sufficiently elastic thickness between the 
plate and the roller to force the paper properly into 
every irregularity on the surface of the metal. The 
heavy roller is then steadily turned, slowly drawing 
the plate with the paper under it, once forwards and 
once backwards. When the paper is at last lifted 
up, it should be found that it has picked up all the 
ink from the plate, leaving the metal clean and 
ready for the next inking. The print is then care- 
fully put away in a dry place. It often happens 
that old prints are found cut quite close to the plate- 
mark. The meaning of this is that the margin has 
been cut off because it was not flat. It sometimes 
happens that the inked portion of a print dries in a 
different degree to the clean margin, and this causes 
unequal contraction, so that in numbers of cases a 
disagreeable kink or drawing up of the paper in 
ridges appears. There is no safe remedy for such 
a kink, except to cut off the white edge entirely and 
then soak the print in clean water ana let it dry, flat. 
But few collectors will risk this operation, and so 
we find numbers of fine and valuable prints badly 

23 



MEZZOTINTS 

cockled about the corners. Uncut edges and broad 
margins are very generally valued by collectors, but 
I do not exactly know why, as they are neither 
lovely in themselves nor do they add in any way to 
the beauty of a mezzotint, or indeed to any other 
kind of print. 

I have hitherto only considered mezzotints 
printed in the black or brown ink in which the 
majority of prints have been made. Numbers have, 
however, been also printed in coloured inks, and 
these form a class by themselves one which has 
until lately suffered much neglect, but which is 
really well worthy the careful attention of collectors 
and connoisseurs. 

The idea of printing impressions from engraved 
wood blocks in coloured inks is an old one. In- 
stances of such printings occur in the fine red and 
blue initial letters of the Mentz Psalter, printed in 
1457, and in the polychrome coats of arms in Dame 
Juliana Berners's Book of St. Albans, printed in 
1486. Colour blocks of the same kind were used at 
about the same date by Erhard Ratdolt to add 
masses of colour in places to black outlines already 
printed from other engraved blocks. In more recent 
times such colour blocks have been successfully and 
effectively used by Henry Shaw for his beautifully 
illustrated works on antiquarian subjects, and 
similar excellent work is being done at the present 
day by the colour printer Edmund Evans. 1 For the 
present, however, the first place as colour printers 
from wood blocks must be allowed to the Japanese, 

1 e.g. Cameos, by Cyril Davenport, F.S.A., 1900; and the Frontis- 
piece to the Burlington Fine Arts Club Catalogue of European Enamels, 
1897. 

24 






COLOUR PRINTING 

who have brought the art to such perfection, and 
their work in this direction is worthily receiving 
much attention at the present time, as well as a 
certain amount of appreciative imitation, among a 
school of modern English art students. Colour 
prints of this kind, as far as I know, have never been 
made from metal blocks. Some of William Blake's 
poems and designs were printed from such blocks 
in shades of brown, but where other colour occurs 
it has either been added by hand or by means of 
stencil-plates. 

As to engravings on metal, the fascination of 
printing from them in colours was early realised, 
and many printers played with the idea. The first 
mezzotint engravings which I have been able to 
find, printed in this way, were made by Johannes 
Teyler, Professor of Mathematics in the Military 
College at Nimeguen. Most of his plates are line 
engravings, but some of them are rouletted, worked 
in a kind of stipple, or mezzotinted. As far as can 
be judged, however, there is no scraped work. The 
so-called mezzotints are the rarest among Teyler's 
prints, but they are also the best. One especially 
successful print is a lady's portrait partly enclosed 
within a garland of flowers. The coloured inks 
have been carefully put on their assigned places on 
the plates and then printed in one printing, and this 
plate appears to be the first that was done in this 
way. The management of the coloured inks is very 
skilful, and the results are far more pleasing than 
the better known prints made a little later by Le 
Blon on a different principle. If Teyler had only 
made a few more coloured prints from mezzotinted 
plates, his name and fame would undoubtedly be 

25 



MEZZOTINTS 

more widely appreciated than it is ; but unluckily, 
like most amateurs, he only played with his coloured 
inks and made very few prints with them. Some 
of his views of towns and other subjects are large, 
but unfortunately the few prints he has left can only 
be considered as scraps. In the matter of ordinary 
engraved prints printed in colour, his range is quite 
that of a clever amateur draughtsman. Views and 
marine subjects, figures, portraits, flower pieces, 
birds and animals, all came easily to the hand of 
this accomplished artist. It is curious how much 
mezzotints have all along been indebted to amateur 
artists. From the very beginning it owes its 
inception to a discovery by a soldier, which was in 
turn passed on to a few friends, and now we find that 
from the beginning of colour printing from plates 
engraved in this manner we are also indebted to an 
amateur a learned mathematician. 

There is no precise date which can be assigned 
to Teyler's work, and here is a weak point in the 
attribution to him of actually the first print in 
colour from a mezzotinted plate ; but the probability 
seems to be that they are certainly not earlier than 
quite the end of the seventeenth century. None of 
Teyler's prints are dated. Le Blon may have made 
some of his coloured prints about the same time, but 
I do not think he ever saw any of Teyler's, because 
if he had done so he would immediately have realised 
that, from an artistic point of view, his own principle 
of using three plates, each for a different colour, 
was an inferior one to that of using one plate for all 
the colours. Several of Teyler's prints have been 
slightly coloured in places by hand, but generally 
they are left in their original coloured ink alone. 
26 






COLOUR PRINTS 

Laborde mentions the existence of a colour print 
made from a plate engraved, and dated, by Georg 
Venizer in 1693, but the date appearing on a print 
does not by any means prove that the print was 
made at the same time. Prints have been con- 
stantly made from dated plates at intervals of very 
many years, and with regard to this particular print 
there is unfortunately no further information to be 
discovered about it. It may indeed have been 
printed by Teyler, or even by Le Blon or one of his 
followers. 

Although possibly preceded by other engravers 
in the idea of producing coloured impressions from 
mezzotinted plates, the first artist to whose experi- 
ments and work a definite date can be certainly 
assigned, is a Frenchman, J. Christophe Le Blon. 
Between 1721 and 1725 he wrote a book in English 
called Coloritto, or the Harmony of Colouring and 
Painting, describing his invention, and curiously 
illustrated with some remarkably ugly examples 
of it. There is no printed date to the book, but 
it bears a dedication to ' Robert Walpole, Esq., 
Chancellor of the Exchequer,' and as this gentleman 
held this office between 1721 and 1725, the date of 
the production of the book is fixed between these 
limits. The text is of little value. It is a theoretical 
essay on colour, but the few illustrations are very 
important, as they show Le Blon's style for certain, 
and by their help we can corroborate the attribution 
to his hand of many other important contemporary 
prints in colour. 

Le Blon's theory was that all gradations of 
colour could be produced on a print by careful 
superposition of red, yellow, and blue, and con- 

27 



MEZZOTINTS 

sequently he made three plates at least for each of 
his colour prints. Each of these plates carried ink 
of one of the three colours, and each was printed in 
turn on the same piece of paper, the theoretical 
result being no doubt excellent, but the practical 
result is often very unfortunate. Many of Le 
Blon's plates are too large. Some of the best, 
smaller ones, are printed on vellum, and others 
which are on paper have been varnished. All the 
plates prepared for the making of one print were 
not mezzotinted, but at least one of them always 
was. In many cases the others are only strongly 
etched, wholly or in part, and in several instances the 
original three plates have been assisted by another, 
which would correspond to what we should now call 
a key-plate, printed in neutral tint. 

Le Blon's prints vary considerably in merit. 
Some are very good for instance, an almost life- 
sized head of Henri iv. of France is particularly 
successful but as a rule they only bear witness to 
the eminent patience and perseverance of the artist 
in face of great difficulties, both as to the colour it- 
self as well as the proper registering of the several 
impressions. 

Although the registering of Le Blon's colour 
prints is generally faulty, the chief objection to 
them is that they are much too large. He engraved 
several subject pieces as well as portraits, some of 
which measure more than two feet in height, and 
they are moreover lightly engraved. His best 
colour work was done on some small anatomical 
plates, where he achieved good results, but the sub- 
jects of these plates are such that they cannot be 
put forward. 
28 



CHRISTOPHE LE BLON 

Le Blon's invention failed him commercially, 
and in 1727 it landed him in the bankruptcy court. 
He was, nevertheless, the originator of the three- 
colour processes which are successfully used in 
different ways for modern work. Perhaps the 
finest examples yet produced of colour prints made 
on Le Blon s principle are to be found among the 
illustrated books published in Paris by the ' Socidtd 
des amis des Livres.' These are printed from four 
metal plates, each specially engraved to carry a 
particular colour dull red, green blue, pale yellow, 
and a fully engraved key-plate in neutral tint. The 
registering of these plates is marvellous, and the 
result appears like a most delicately engraved 
single plate inked in colour and made in one im- 
pression. But of course the printing of the 
several-colour plates is really only skilled labour, 
and so it becomes commercially a most valuable 
process, but a very expensive one, as there are 
many failures. 

But besides this high result, Le Blon's principle 
is applied in a far less costly way to the ordinary 
three-colour block process, photographic all through, 
except just for the choosing of the tints of the 
coloured inks, the application of them, and the 
supervision of the registering of the different print- 
ings. There is still room for improvement in the 
carrying out of all these details. Many even of the 
latest colour-plates made in this way are crude and 
badly managed, but a good deal of this may be due 
to cutting down prices and not getting them done 
as well as they can be as, for instance, some of the 
beautiful colour-plates in Mr. Cosmo Monkhouse's 
recent book on Oriental china. Le Blon did not 

29 



MEZZOTINTS 

work alone ; he had several assistants, some of 
whom afterwards developed the art of colour print- 
ing on their own account, rather unfairly to their 
master, as they do not seem to have given him due 
credit even for the preliminary instruction that they 
had undoubtedly received from him. 

Among other smaller improvements, that of 
inking a single engraved plate with variously 
coloured inks put on in their proper places, was 
certainly followed by one of these assistants, who 
esteemed it as an entirely new invention, describing 
himself as ' Inventeur de la gravure en couleur,' 
which is lettered on a print engraved by J. F. 
Gautier D'Agoty. There were two D'Agotys, father 
and son, and J. Robert, who were all assistants of 
Le Blon, and who all did their best to improve his 
system and work it to their own advantage. They, 
however, practised it mainly on etchings rather than 
on mezzotints. Of course any of these workmen 
may have seen a colour print by Teyler, and guessed 
how it was produced, but as a matter of fact I do 
not think any of them did so. 

On the whole, Le Blon's work is far better than 
that of any of his immediate followers, and there is 
no doubt that to his experiments we owe the subse- 
quent development of the beautiful art of colour 
printing from stippled plates which was so success- 
fully practised in England during the eighteenth 
century. We ought to owe this development to 
J. Teyler, whose method was the right one from the 
beginning, but his work was never so well known or 
appreciated as Le Blon's. Le Blon's successors 
only hit upon the system of using several coloured 
inks on the one plate after much previous tribula- 
30 



PAINTED PRINTS 

tion with the three separate plates which their 
master considered necessary. 

Few prints printed in coloured inks can be 
allowed to remain untouched by hand. The ten- 
dency of the coloured inkings is not only to overrun 
the proper boundaries, but also to obscure the 
definition of small but necessary lines, such as those 
about the features, and these faults and shortcom- 
ings usually need some small skilful corrections. 

But there are many instances where prints have 
been made only in a brownish ink, and then colour 
has been boldly added by hand all over them, so 
that they look like prints in coloured inks. Such 
prints are frauds, and they are not only spoiled as 
prints, but are also bad art, because they pretend to 
be what they are not, and are often bought at a 
high price by unwary collectors. In all colour 
prints, the less handwork that can be seen the 
better the print, always remembering that a colour 
print should be a thing of beauty I mean to say, 
that it is quite possible to have a true colour print 
that is nevertheless ugly. Beauty is the first re- 
quisite, and after that it should appear that the 
beauty is produced in the proper way. A print 
frankly painted by hand may be very charming, but 
it should only be considered as a painting. The 
difference between these two, coloured ink and hand 
painting, is one which can be easily detected by a 
careful examination of the lines, dots, or mezzotinted 
spaces which retain the ink. If all of these, on, for 
instance, a blue note, show as pure blue, and not as 
black or brown under a wash of blue colour, and in 
the case of other colours in a similar way, the print 
is made in coloured inks; but if the actual ink-marks 

3* 



MEZZOTINTS 

appear in themselves to be of the same monotone, 
and are covered, as well as the spaces between 
them, with a wash of colour, then the colour effect 
is probably produced by hand. 

If a monotint plate is really well coloured by 
hand, it may be a very pleasing and possibly valu- 
able asset, but it has not as a rule the same value 
as if it were printed in coloured inks. Generally 
such hand colouring is not very well done, but there 
is no reason why it should not be. Sir Joshua 
Reynolds coloured some mezzotints, after his own 
paintings, in transparent colours. Moreover, there 
is always a certain amount of suspicion of another 
kind attaching to a coloured mezzotint, namely, 
that the print is an inferior one and has been drawn 
from a worn plate. The wear in a mezzotint first 
shows as a faintness in the dark places, and this 
shows much less if printed in colour than it does if 
printed in black or dark ink. 

In spite of this suspicion of deterioration, I still 
believe that mezzotints well printed in colour have a 
future of much honour before them, and that a time 
is coming when they will be very highly esteemed 
and much sought after by collectors. At present 
such prints are looked upon with a pitying eye by 
most connoisseurs. 

Few artists have been so largely represented in 
coloured mezzotints as George Morland. The par- 
ticular kind of subject he preferred lends itself 
favourably to a little colour. Most of these, how- 
ever, owe too much to handwork. There are some 
charming specimens of colour prints from engrav- 
ings by MacArdell, Earlom, Ward, Dawe, and 
many others, but I think it must be acknowledged 
32 



PLOOS VAN AMSTEL 

that their time has not yet come. We still seek 
after the usual rich sedate browns and blacks of 
MacArdell, Valentine Green, or J. R. Smith, rather 
than the blue skies and delicate complexions now 
and then found on prints of seductive Bacchantes 
or lovely Lady Hamiltons. 

Of all the early experimenters in colour printing, 
no one succeeded so well as Jacob Cornelisz Ploos 
van Amstel, an eighteenth century amateur. His 
subjects are both figure and landscape, and he 
copied several works of various Dutch artists. His 
process of engraving is remarkable in itself, and 
some of its effects are produced by means of some 
method nearly analogous to what is now known as 
soft ground etching, a process supposed to have 
been invented by Dietrich Mayer, a Swiss artist, 
late in the seventeenth century. 

Besides this, however, Ploos managed to get a 
soft effect like that of a very delicate aquatint, but 
of which the structural marks are very fine lines 
instead of a network. With the help of this delicate 
lining, which may possibly have been done with 
some form of roulette, he was able to imitate a grey 
water-colour sketch to perfection, even the sky. 
But more than this, he also succeeded in making 
colour-prints so like water-colour paintings that it is 
difficult to believe that they are not painted by hand. 

Some of the simpler colour-prints are clearly 
made by means of separate engraved colour blocks, 
probably of wood, and these have been separately 
inked and then impressed in their proper places. 
It is just possible that Ploos had a large wood- 
block with the colour spaces mapped out upon it in 
permanent lines, which he inkea as required and 

c 33 



MEZZOTINTS 

then impressed on the key-print. Such a process 
would account for most of his colour effects, and it 
would be quick and easy. The chief difficulty would 
be in the proper registering, but this can always be 
managed if due care is taken. 

The coloured inks used by Ploos were of the 
kind that are properly used with wood, not greasy, 
but mixed with water. Many of his effects, particu- 
larly in the skies, are like those found on the Japanese 
colour-prints made from wooden blocks, the ink used 
with which is mixed with rice-paste and water. 

In Japanese colour work all the blocks are of 
wood, whereas in Ploos's prints the key-plate is 
engraved on metal, so that it seems probable that 
he is entitled to the honour of having been the first 
artist to combine metal-work with wood-work for 
the production of a colour print. This combination 
is used to-day with marked success, and is capable 
of producing a rich as well as a delicate effect. 1 

The ink used for printing from engraved metal 
plates has generally enough grease in it to form an 
unfortunately favourable nidus for the growth of a 
small fungus. Where the ink is thickest there the 
fungus thrives most abundantly, and if the little 
superficial white patches are left alone, their roots 
will in time absorb some of the ink away from the 
paper, and when the growth is removed a pale spot 
is left in its place. The only thing to do in such a 
case is to touch the pale spot carefully with lamp 
black, sepia, or printing ink, mixed with black and 
burnt sienna according to the colour of the original 
ink. But this severe damage ought not to be 

1 Anglo-Saxon Review, March 1901. 'St. Edward's Crown,' printed 
by Edmund Evans. 

34 



SPOTS ON PRINTS 

allowed to occur. The fungus-growths should be 
carefully removed as soon as they begin to show, 
and before they have had time to do any harm. 
They can be picked off gently with a fine dry 
handkerchief. 

Another trouble about some old mezzotint prints 
is the appearance of spots upon them resembling 
iron mould. The cause of these spots is not clearly 
understood, but it is supposed possible that the 
water with which the paper pulp was originally 
mixed held some oxide of iron in solution. But 
damp alone will often cause marks of this reddish 
colour, which is in that case only due to a small 
red fungus which grows very perniciously in the 
thickness of the paper. The best remedy for such 
stains is a rather drastic one : it is to soak the whole 
print in water. To do this effectually the print 
should be laid face downwards on a piece of coarse 
muslin stretched across a tub or basin, and boiling 
water should be poured over the back. The water 
in time will percolate through the paper and drive 
out not only the reddish stain, but also effectively 
clean the print from many other stains or dirt-marks 
if they exist. In obstinate cases the print on its 
muslin support, arranged so as to be quite immersed, 
may be left to soak, still face downwards, entirely 
in the water, and if, after some days' treatment, 
there are still stains to be seen, they may perhaps 
be bleached by exposure to sunlight, combined with 
a careful and constant wetting in the places where 
the stains are. But a local treatment like this will 
not do unless the entire print is as clean as it can 
be made, or else the red stain is likely only to be 
replaced by a white spot. 

35 



MEZZOTINTS 

Printing ink is fortunately very strong, and 
exposure to sun or water will not injure it at all, 
neither will they injure the paper ; but any applica- 
tion of acid must be, as far as possible, avoided. 
To bleach a print with acid is easier and quicker 
than to do it by the means given above, but, when- 
ever it is used, there is a great chance of ultimately 
rotting the paper. In the case of an accidental ink- 
spot, however, a drop or two of salts of lemon are 
necessary, but the smallest possible quantity should 
be used, and the print well washed at once and for 
some time after its application. 

If a print has been so much washed that it feels 
soft like blotting-paper, it can be made firmer, with- 
out hurting it, by making a thin size from strips of 
fine vellum boiled down, well strained and kept 
weak, in which the paper should be soaked for a 
short time. If a print has only been wetted, it may 
be dried under a light pressure between clean pads 
of white blotting-paper, but if it has been sized it 
must be hung up by two adjacent corners with 
small clips, and dry by itself in that position. If 
it crinkles when it is dry, it may then be pressed 
slightly. 

For portfolio specimens a piece of clear xylonite 
is a useful protection, fixed on the inner edge of the 
cut mount. It keeps out dust and preserves the 
surface from an accidental touch, but adds a little 
colour. If mezzotints are kept in portfolios they 
should always be protected from superficial abrasion 
or pressure by means of thick mounts, preferably 
hinged at one side, so that the complete edge of the 
print, if it has one, can be seen if required, and all 
prints should be frequently examined and aired, 
36 



THE FRAMING OF PRINTS 

and kept very dry. Mezzotints should never be 
pasted down all over indeed the use of paste at all 
is likely to prove injurious for many reasons, but 
particularly because it harbours much damp. It is 
better to fix the print down on a piece of strong 
cardboard, very lightly, by the two top or side 
corners, with small bars of adhesive stamp-paper : 
then the back, which often has notes or water-marks 
of interest upon it, can easily be seen. The flaps 
of all portfolios should be lined with lint, rough 
side outermost, to catch all dust, which in most 
large towns is a dangerous enemy to all kinds of 
prints. . 

If a print is to be framed, it should be fastened 
on cardboard in the same way as just described, 
and surmounted by a thick mount of cardboard 
reaching close to the plate-mark. Another gilt 
mount should be put over this again, still under 
the glass. Prints are often framed so as to show 
their entire margins, but although this may be 
allowable in portfolio specimens, I cannot admire 
it in a framed example. In the interest of con- 
noisseurs I would not advise that the edge should 
ever be cut off, but it may properly be covered up. 
For the same reason, as well as for the greater 
facility of getting at a print for cleaning or airing 
purposes, 1 should never have the back plate of the 
frame fastened down, but preferably would have it 
kept in place by four small thumb-screws, so as to 
be easily removed. All framed mezzotints should 
be easily accessible, not only because of the serious 
possibility of fungus-growth, but also because they 
diligently collect bits of dust and fibres on their 
dark surfaces. These should be removed as soon 

37 



MEZZOTINTS 

as possible with a soft camel's hair brush, or, if 
possible, blown away. All touching of the dark 
surfaces of mezzotints should be avoided as much 
as possible, a cleaned mezzotint may seem all right 
to its happy owner, but to a connoisseur its rare 
charm is inevitably gone. Another very important 
precaution to take in framing a mezzotint is that it 
should be backed with a piece of tinfoil between it 
and the wood, or even backed with a thin sheet of 
tin alone. The wood which framers use to back 
pictures or prints with often has knots in it, and 
many strange brown patches on valuable prints 
owe their appearance to the resinous exudation 
from knots in the wood at the back. Dust also 
should, as far as possible, be kept out from a framed 
print, and the best way to secure this is to see that 
all edges in near contact are carefully lined with 
velvet, so that the dust-collecting pile surfaces of 
two opposing pieces touch one another closely. 
Such junctions, if well made, even after some years 
will be found dust-stained only a short way in, 
whereas, without the velvet, dust will creep in 
through any wooden joint in a short time. The 
glass also should be firmly fixed into the frame so 
as to be dust-proof. It is not uncommon to see a 
brownish shadow over one edge of a framed print, 
entirely due to the infiltration of dust through a 
badly fitting joint. It is true that this dust settles 
first on the glass before it gets to the print, but if 
not stopped it will presently invade the whole inner 
space and ruin the print. 

Framers pretend to keep dust out by pasting 

paper over the wood joints at the back, but they 

not only fail signally to do so, but probably do 

38 



THE CLEANING OF PRINTS 

more harm than good, because they bottle up much 
damp in an enclosed space by reason of the paste. 

About the cleaning of mezzotints it is difficult 
to say anything, because there is no doubt that 
any cleaning at all is injurious. Unless a print 
is already so badly spoiled that it cannot be made 
worse, it should not be cleaned. A spoiled print 
one, for instance, badly mildewed can be made to 
look decent enough at a distance, with certain pale 
places carefully filled in by hand, but such a print 
could never find a place in any good collection. If 
the hand-touching of such a print is well done with 
a carefully chosen printing ink of the same coluor 
as the original, it is extremely difficult to detect. 

As far as delicacy of surface is concerned, a 
mezzotint is by far the most easily damaged of all 
forms of engraving, and when its pristine bloom is 
once gone it cannot be restored. Line engravings, 
etchings, and aquatints can all be cleaned without 
suffering any apparent diminution in brilliancy, 
but in the case of the rich soft surface of a mezzo- 
tint, some of the ink will be rubbed off even if 
it is lightly touched with a clean handkerchief. 
Nothing should be allowed to touch the surface 
of a fine mezzotint proof dust even should be 
blown off, not rubbed off. 

In one way only is it strong, and that is in the 
colour of the ink with which it is printed, which 
will not fade. In this particular it is true to say 
that prints from engravings after oil paintings are 
more permanent than the original pictures from 
which they are taken. There is much more original 
work in a mezzotint than is usually admitted. 
In the case of a line engraving every care is taken 

39 



MEZZOTINTS 

to represent the colour values of the original as 
accurately as possible by lines, but a mezzotint 
engraver does far more than this : he translates the 
picture, as it were, into a new language. There is 
some tendency to conceal the medium of a line 
engraving. It only aims at a truthful rendering in 
black and white of an original in colour; but the 
mezzotint engraver has a further artistic asset in 
his roughened plate, the consciousness of which is 
always with him, and which he should endeavour 
to appreciate and utilise at its full value. So it is 
that in many instances mezzotints by one or other 
of the great masters are really finer works of art 
than the paintings they follow. What a mezzo- 
tinter likes in his original he will dwell upon and 
indue with a new charm ; what he does not like he 
will minimise in importance or so modify as to 
bring it within the scope of his own ideas. There 
is much original work in all first-rate mezzotints. 

Certain artists, notably Sir Joshua Reynolds 
and his particular school, have in their pictures 
studied the general composition and beauty of 
design rather than the actual portraiture. It is 
not likely that Sir Joshua's sitters were really 
the beauties he has shown them, any more than 
Sir Peter Lely's were; but these artists have so 
skilfully and sympathetically arranged their masses 
of light and shade that their pictures are remark- 
ably well fitted for translation into mezzotint. So 
we find that altogether the finest school of mezzo- 
tinting flourished in England during the eighteenth 
century, when not only were numbers of such 
suitable originals available, but also a remarkable 
school of engravers arose who interpreted them 
40 



EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY ENGRAVERS 

magnificently. It is somewhat curious that the 
English have been considered the chief producers 
of mezzotints, as the art was begun, and at first 
largely practised, abroad, particularly in the Nether- 
lands ; but if our fame in this respect depended 
only on the work done here during the eighteenth 
century, it would still rest on a firm foundation. 

The artistic possibilities of mezzotint engraving 
are very great, and it is likely that the nighest 
point in this direction up to the present has been 
approached most nearly by one or other of the 
greatest English engravers of the eighteenth 
cefcturv. Although now and then fine work has 
been clone at a late period in the matter of land- 
scape, I cannot think that the highest development 
of mezzotint is to be found here. I rather think 
that, as a rule, the process of aquatinting, combined 
with some etched work, is capable of producing 
better results in this direction. For subject pieces, 
with very few exceptions, the best results are 
obtained really by means of strong etching finished 
with mezzotint ; and I feel that the existence of 
much accessory work either of the burin, the etch- 
ing needle, or the dry-point, should, as a rule, take 
a print out of the domain of mezzotint into that of 
' mixed style.' Only few of the very finest mezzo- 
tints are free from some burin work. So we are 
driven back to the consideration of portraiture, 
and here the best work is to be found. Among 
our eighteenth century mezzotint engravers the 
recognition of a paramount exponent is difficult 
several of the less-known names have now and 
then engraved extremely fine plates. For instance, 
Kneller's portrait of the Earl of Tweeddale is of 



MEZZOTINTS 

exceptional beauty, Miss Elizabeth Judkins's por- 
trait of Mrs. Abington is also an engraving of 
the first rank, and one or two of John Murphy's 
rare plates are extremely fine. But in an art like 
mezzotinting, I think it is necessary for an engraver 
to produce a considerable quantity of good work as 
well as a few superlative plates before he can expect 
to rank in the first flight. The first-rate engravers 
who have also done enough work to entitle them 
to a high place are John Smith, John Dean, John 
Raphael Smith, Valentine Green, James Walker, 
Richard Earlom, James MacArdell, and S. W. 
Reynolds, and I should say that among these our 
first mezzotint engraver is to be found. Numerous 
others run these closely, but for one reason or 
another I should place them in another category. 
In modern work I do not yet recognise any serious 
challenge to the supremacy of our earlier masters ; 
they still maintain their lead. Our modern masters 
are, in my opinion, much handicapped by mechani- 
cal groundings, steeled surfaces, and tyrannical 
printers. 

Among portraits engraved in mezzotint are 
several on a large scale, such as were done by 
Blooteling or Thomas Frye and a few other 
engravers of lesser note, but I think such large- 
size engravings are very rarely satisfactory. 
Neither are half-length figures everything that 
could be wished, in spite of the existence of many 
extremely fine examples, and also of the fact that 
they form the most numerous class. 

Altogether I feel that the most nearly perfect 
mezzotints are to be found among the full-length 
portraits of ladies as engraved from the works of 
42 



JOHN EVELYN 

Sir Joshua Reynolds, Thomas Gainsborough, 
George Romney, or John Hoppner. There is a 
sense of completeness about a beautiful full-length, 
from which any portrait of a lesser degree must 
fall short, however beautiful the face, bust, and 
arms may be. 

As Vandyck has left us a noble standard of 
masculine beauty, so have our four great English 
portrait-painters given us a standard of female 
beauty which is superlative. It matters little that 
the actual portrait has in all probability largely 
given way to the picture this in its turn has, not 
uncommonly, given way to the engraving. The 
names of these artists are household words among 
us, and for this widespread appreciation they are 
largely indebted to the exquisite way in which their 
work has been engraved in mezzotint. Some of the 
best of the mezzotints done during the eighteenth 
century by English engravers reveal beauties of 
light and shadow which were only latent in the 
original pictures, and which the process of mezzo- 
tinting, with its pure tones, is alone capable of 
exhibiting in true perfection. 

The early literature concerning mezzotints is 
more curious than useful. 

In 1662 John Evelyn published a little tract 
entitled Sculptura, in which he calls the art 
1 Mezzo Tinto,' and says that it has been de- 
scribed to him by Prince Rupert. Prince Rupert 
was undoubtedly much interested in Evelyn's 
book, and went so far as to engrave for it a 
new plate, of the head only, of the Executioner, 
copied from his large plate after Spagnoletto. 
Evelyn was not so liberal-minded as the Prince, 

43 



MEZZOTINTS 

for although he admits the latter showed him his 
instruments and described his processes, still 
Evelyn has by no means followed suit, as he 
very carefully abstains from saying anything which 
would betray the secret in the smallest degree. As 
some excuse he says, ' I did not think it necessary 
that an art so curious . . . was to be prostituted 
at so cheap a rate as the more naked describing 
of it here would too soon have exposed it to.' So 
that, interesting as this little tract is, it does not 
assist us in solving the question as to what 
Prince Rupert's methods really were. Neverthe- 
less, Evelyn's book will always be precious because 
it is the first book illustrated with a mezzotint 
print, and that a very excellent one. 

Alexander Browne, a publisher of mezzotints, 
wrote a treatise called Ars Pictoria in 1669. This 
rare first edition is 'printed for the author, and 
are to be sold by him at his Lodging, at the sign 
of the Angel, the corner of James's Street and 
Long Acre, and Richard Thompson, at the Sun in 
Bedford Street, and Arthur Tooker at the Globe 
in the Strand, near the new exchange.' A second 
edition was published in 1675 by 'Arthur Tooker 
and William Battersby at Thavies Inne Gate in 
Holborn near St. Andrew's Church.' Browne 
calls himself ' Practitioner in the Art of Limning,' 
i.e. miniature painting, and it is also supposed that 
he engraved in mezzotint. His book is very interest- 
ing, as it contains the first description of the new 
art. At the end, after an excellent treatise on 
etching with aquafortis, Browne adds a note in 
italics in which he says : ' The manner or way of 
Mezo Tinto. First take a very well polished plate 
44 



ALEXANDER BROWNE 

of copper and ruflfen it all over with your Engin 
one way, then cross it over with the Engin again, 
and if you find occasion, then cross it over the 
third time, untill it be ruffened all over alike, 
(that is to say) if it were to be printed, it would 
print black all over; this done, take Charcole or 
black Chalk to rub over the plate, and then draw 
your design with white chalk upon the plate, then 
take a sharp stift and trace out the outlines of the 
design you drew with the white chalk, and where 
you would have the light strike strongest, take a 
burnisher, and burnish that part of the plate where 
you would have the light strike as clean as it was 
when it was first polisned ; where you would have 
the fainter light you must not polish it so much, 
and this way you may make it either fainter or 
stronger, according to your fancy. As for the 
manner or shape of the Engin, they are divers, 
and if any ingenious person have a desire to have 
any made the AUTHOR will give them farther direc- 
tions.' Browne published several mezzotints, not 
particularly good ones, but there is some doubt 
whether he engraved them himself or not. 

It is notable that the lightening of the roughened 
plate is here directed to be produced by means of a 
burnisher only, and there is no mention of the use 
of a scraper. So we may conclude with some 
certainty that the use of a scraper was at all events 
not general in 1675. 

The question then arises, when did the use of a 
scraper first come into general use? This point 
can only be determined, or guessed at, by a careful 
examination of the pale places in the middle of dark 
places on early prints. Generally speaking, the 

45 



MEZZOTINTS 

effect of a scraper is to produce grey shades among 
dark spaces, and that of a burnisher is to produce 
white spots among grey spaces ; but of course in 
working a plate both of these instruments can be 
made to produce effects only limited in variety by 
the technical powers of the engraver himself. 

An interesting little tract was written by H. D. 
Chelsum in 1786, and printed at Winchester. It 
is called A History of the Art of Engraving in 
Mezzo-Tinto from its origin to the Present Times, 
including an account of the works of the earliest 
artists. 

There is a preliminary notice of the art and its 
introduction by ' Colonel de Siegen,' and subse- 
quent mention by John Evelyn in his Sculptura. 
Prince Rupert's work is particularly dwelt upon, 
and the story of his alleged discovery of mezzo- 
tinting by the observation of marks eaten by rust 
on a musket-barrel is given, and also the alleged 
engraving by Sir Christopher Wren of a Moor's 
head is mentioned and described as having been 
really done by him. 

Then follow lists of English and foreign mezzo- 
tint engravers, with short biographical notices. 
The earliest of these lists contain only German, 
Dutch, or French names, then come English and 
Dutch in about equal numbers, the foreign 
element gradually dying out until at last English 
names alone occur. 

Ldon de Laborde published the classic, so far, 
concerning mezzotint engraving, at Paris in 1839. 
It is called Histoire de la gravure en maniere 
Noire, and contains an introduction dealing at 
length with the genesis of the art. The work of 
46 



L. DE LABORDE AND J. C. SMITH 

Ludwig von Siegen is well and exhaustively dealt 
with, and there is also a long descriptive catalogue 
of mezzotints made before 1720 by Dutch, German, 
English, French, Spanish, and Russian engravers. 
To any student of these schools this catalogue is 
invaluable. The illustrations, lithographs, are quite 
useless. 

In a final chapter Laborde learnedly endeavours 
to show that the problem of successfully printing 
in colours from engraved metal plates was solved 
by the invention of mezzotinting. At the end of 
this chapter he adds a curious and valuable list of 
early mezzotints which have been printed in colour. 

Collectors of mezzotint portraits owe a large 
debt of gratitude to Mr. J. Chaloner Smith, who 
has compiled a full, careful, and accurate catalogue 
of British Mezzotint Portraits up to the begin- 
ning of the nineteenth century. The catalogue is 
arranged alphabetically under the names of the 
engravers, and is supplemented with a valuable list of 
painters, after each of which are given the names of 
those engravers who have represented him. There 
is also a list of personages whose portraits have been 
engraved in mezzotint. The book is in four volumes, 
and was published from 1878 to 1883. A learned 
history of the art of engraving in mezzotint from its 
commencement is given in the introduction, one 
section of which deals with the very interesting 
question of printing in colour; another gives a full 
notice of all the more important collectors and 
collections, and another has a full and explanatory 
list of printsellers and publishers. There is also a 
short but excellent notice of the few earliest known 
specimens of the art of mezzotinting, and of their 

47 



MEZZOTINTS 

engravers. The work is illustrated with a few good 
photogravures, of which the most interesting is that 
of a plate engraved by Isaac Beckett of a portrait of 
the ' Earl of Devonshire ' after Kneller. In its first 
state this plate shows a young man with a dark 
wig, and in the next state the figure, although the 
same in many ways, has been turned into a middle- 
aged man with a fair wig, and lettered with a much 
longer title as ' James, Duke of Ormond.' It is 
valuable as showing how very completely a mezzo- 
tinted plate can be altered by skilful manipulation 
with rocker, scraper, and burnisher. 

Mr. Chaloner Smith's book covers its own 
ground completely, and no collector of mezzotints 
of that period can do without its help. Now, how- 
ever, a similar book is wanted in continuation, to 
cover a later period, as there have been several first- 
rate engravers in mezzotint who worked during the 
last century, to say nothing of the quite modern 
men. 

There have been many Dutch, Flemish, and 
French mezzotint engravers since the small and 
distinguished band that worked in quite the early 
days. Generally these foreign mezzotinters, especi- 
ally the Dutch ones, only succeed in showing what 
degraded objects it is possible to make by means of 
mezzotint. Among the many I have examined I can 
only say that the best is a chance group attributed 
to David Teniers. Of the rest, perhaps the work 
of Cornelius Dusart, Jan de Groot, Jan van der 
Bruggen, or Albert van der Burch is best, but it is 
all very bad. 

Other continental mezzotinters are a trifle happier. 
There was Alexis Girard, who made an excellent 
48 



FOREIGN MEZZOTINTERS 

facsimile of Sir Christopher Wren's Head of a 
Moor; John Jacobe, who engraved a fine plate of 
Miss Meyer as Hebe, after Sir Joshua Reynolds. 
I. V. Kininger of Vienna did also some good work, 
and Georges Maile engraved some pictures of ladies 
after Dubufe and Wilkie. J. P. Pichler made some 

food plates after Murillo and H. Filger, and Bern- 
ard Vogel did some fair portraits after Kupezky. 
But in no case do even these picked specimens get 
further than the merest mediocrity, and a study of 
foreign work will only serve to justify the popular 
belief that mezzotinting is an English art. 



49 



CHAPTER II 

The pioneers of mezzotint engraving who worked about 
the middle of the seventeenth century : Ludwig von 
Siegen, Prince Rupert, T. C. von Fiirstenberg, Wallerant 
Vaillant, The Van Somers, Abraham Blooteling, William 
Sherwin, and Francis Place. The later mezzotint 
engravers of the seventeenth century: E. Luttrell, Isaac 
Becket, W. Faithorne, R. Williams, J. Vandervaart, 
John Smith, and J. Verkolje. 

IT is always of interest in considering any artistic 
process to endeavour to trace its genesis as 
well as its development. It is seldom that any 
art is as perfect at its birth as it becomes at some 
future period, and mezzotinting is no exception to 
this rule. A rare instance of an art which sprang 
into being fully perfected is that of the European 
typographer, whose work was just as well done in 
the case of the earliest examples of printing Indul- 
gences, Gutenberg or Bamberg Bibles, or Mentz 
Psalters as it ever has been at a later time. 

By the middle of the seventeenth century 
engravers both on wood and on metal had already 
been for a long time skilled in the use of the burin 
and the point, the former to cut incised lines on 
metal plates, and the latter to impress small holes 
on the same. 

The first metal plates which were engraved on 
50 






EARLY ENGRAVINGS 

their surfaces with ornamental designs were not so 
treated with the object of having impressions or 
prints made from them. They were engraved 
simply for the purpose of ornamentation, and the 
incised lines or pointille" spots were sometimes in- 
tended to show only by reflected light, and some- 
times were filled in with a coloured material or 
perhaps with niello, an amalgam of silver, copper, 
lead, and sulphur, melted into the lines of the 
design by means of a low heat. 

Large monumental brasses were engraved to 
serve as lasting records, and the designs upon them 
were always filled in with colour pastes, which have 
now largely chipped out, enabling a rubbing or 
'print' to be made by heelball, after the fashion of 
one from a bookbinding tooled in gold. In this 
case the engraved lines show as white upon a dark 
ground. 

From smaller engravings, such as the silver 
plates prepared in France or Italy for the exquisite 
nielli of the fourteenth, fifteenth, or sixteenth cen- 
turies, it was customary for the artist to take 
impressions as the work progressed, as such a pro- 
ceeding enabled him more clearly to discern such 
small inaccuracies and faults as were difficult to see 
on the gleaming metal itself. In order to get a 
proof handed in the same way as his work, it was 
first necessary to make a cast from the engraved 
plate, and then from the cast a counter-proof was 
made in sulphur, and when ink was rubbed into the 
lines on this sulphur, the original design showed 
clearly in black on a delicate yellow ground. Such 
sulphurs are always early proofs, as the casts had 
to be made from the silver plates before the niello 



MEZZOTINTS 

was run in, as this fills up all the lines, making the 
surface quite even all over. 

At some period or other these counter-proofs 
doubtless appealed to some appreciative artist as 
having a separate beauty of their own apart from 
their working value, and they were now and then 
carefully made so as to show this beauty at its best ; 
so we now possess the rare and delicate sulphur 
proofs which are so much valued, made for the sake 
of their own beauty from engraved plates intended 
ultimately to be run in with niello. In many cases 
these sulphur impressions were taken from plates 
which have now disappeared, so they are of the 
greatest interest and rarity. 

The value of a sharp point for making dots on 
metal is of ancient use. Such work is found both 
in nielli and in the so-called pointille work on soft 
metal much done during the fifteenth century, the 
finest examples of which are those engraved pro- 
bably by Pigouchet for the beautiful French Books 
of Hours which he published. Whether this dotted 
work shows white or black on the prints depends 
entirely upon the manner of inking and printin 
the plate from which the prints are made. In the 
case of the nielli sulphurs the dots show black, ii 
that of the Pigouchet blocks they show white. 

The question of the burr raised on a sheet of 
metal by the impression of a sharp small point is 
one of some interest. If the point is small and hek 
quite upright, the burr will only take the form of 
rounded eminence surrounding the dot, and with 
careful inking it will not affect the print ; but if the 
point be held at all sideways, there will be a burr 
which will have to be scraped off. In any case, 

52 






THE ROULETTE 

these very small burrs would soon wear off with 
printing. 

It is difficult to say exactly when the roulette 
was first invented. I think it is probably of much 
older use than it is usually credited with, as the 
principle involved in it is simple, obvious, and well 
fitted for the easy ornamentation of anything, from 
pastry to gold-tooling on bookbindings. The con- 
sideration which is of the greatest interest to us 
for the moment is to discover at what period the 
roulette was first used to produce a print by itself, 
unaided by the burin, the etching-needle, or the 
dry-point. 

It is tolerably certain that the artist who first 
used the roulette alone for engraving a picture on 
metal was Ludwie von Siegen, a native of Holland 
and an officer in trie Hessian army, who worked at 
engraving metal plates during the latter half of the 
seventeenth century and a little before. This artist 
was an amateur, as were his contemporaries Prince 
Rupert and the Canon von Furstenberg, so that, 
although none of these engravers hit upon the true 
and complete process of mezzotinting, it is only fair 
to acknowledge our indebtedness to them for the 
start they gave to a new method of engraving on 
metal, wnich was in time practised in its highest 
perfection in England so remarkably indeed as 
even to be known as la manibre Anglaise. 

The work and history of Von Siegen is of itself 
a subject which is so interesting that it would well 
repay the study necessary for a monograph, but 
until such a work appears, a very good account of 
himself and his work will be found in Le\)n de 
Laborde's book on mezzotint engraving. Von 

53 



MEZZOTINTS 

Siegen worked out his method carefully and fully 
before he ventured into publicity, and the first of 
his prints to which he drew attention is a fine 
example of skilled and finished workmanship. It 
is a portrait of the Landgravine Amelia Elizabeth, 
Regent of Hesse Cassel during the minority of her 
son, from 1637 to 1650, and Von Siegen sent some 
proofs of it to her son, the Landgrave, in 1642. 
Laborde gives in his book a lithographic facsimile 
of Von Siegen's letter which accompanied the 
prints, and, freely translated, it runs in these 
terms 

' NOBLE SIR, Considering that devotion to 
yourself, rather than the idea of any recompense, 
has always impelled me to serve you, so I wish, 
without considering my past services (numerous 
enough in spite of the belittling of them by my 
enemies) to yet further dedicate to you my zeal, 
work, and time, as a token of which I enclose you 
some proofs of my last piece. 

1 1 have felt impelled to engrave this portrait 
in honour of your mother, so that her numerous 
friends may at last obtain a likeness of so cele- 
brated and virtuous a princess. 

' But as I have discovered an entirely new and 
surprising invention, the like of which has never 
yet been seen, I am at present only able to send 
you a few proofs, because from the copper on which 
the portrait is engraved only a few prints can be 
made because of the delicacy of the work (differing 
in this respect from ordinary plates, from whicr 
very many prints can be drawn). 

'Before sending examples anywhere else, I have 
54 









*^exsnd&toA**t*' .^- -**>*. 



LUDWIG VON SIEGEN 

considered it my duty to send you the enclosed not 
only that, but also to dedicate the print to yourself, 
as you will see written underneath it. 

' I send you the print, then, for these reasons, 
firstly, that as only son and reigning prince, this 
portrait of your mother cannot but be welcome to 
you ; and, secondly, because I could not resist the 
pleasure of dedicating a work of so rare and novel a 
kind to so great a lover of art as yourself. 

'There is not any living engraver or artist that 
could guess how this engraving has been executed. 
As your Highness well Knows, only three methods 
of engraving on metal are known at the present 
time. These are (i) line engraving with the burin; 

(2) biting with acid or scratching with the dry-point; 

(3) a method little known, which is called pointilld 
work, done with small needles, but so troublesome 
to manage that it is little used. My method is 
quite different from any of these, although appar- 
ently it consists entirely of small points without a 
line anywhere ; and even if hatched work seems to 
exist in some places, I assure you it does not, but 
that it is dotted throughout, a fact I do not 
endeavour to conceal from your Highness, who is 
after all well acquainted with all artistic processes. 
I am, Sir, ... L. v. SIEGEN. 

AMSTERDAM, 

19-29 August 1642.' 

In this letter it will be seen that Von Siegen lays 
particular stress upon the slowness and trouble- 
someness of engraving in the pointilld manner, and 
then he goes on to say that by means of his new 
process only dots are produced, and no lines at all. 

55 



MEZZOTINTS 

The inference is that he discovered a new instrument, 
or modified some existing one, so as to produce 
a method of quickly and easily making dotted work 
without using the usual slow and laborious method. 
For this purpose he probably used small single line 
roulettes with sharp points, something like spur 
rowels set in a long handle, and he soon found that 
such an instrument could be easily used on copper ; 
that, moreover, it would quickly and effectively 
produce groups and accretions of dots which 
engravers had hitherto only been able to effect very 
slowly, singly impressed dot by dot. 

It is also observable that Von Siegen already 
realised the fact that fine roulette or dotted work 
soon showed signs of wearing out, and also that he 
knew that soft copper with rouletted work upon it 
would only allow a limited number of fine prints to 
be taken. 

Although Von Siegen in his letter purposely 
undervalues pointille' work, as competing with his 
new invention, he nevertheless did not hesitate 
to use it, whenever he found it advisable, in com- 
bination with his roulette. Pointilld work shows 
in many instances in the elaborate lace collars and 
other parts of dresses which are worn by many of 
his lady sitters, the roulette itself only being used 
when series of dots or shaded effects were required. 
His pointilld work is very skilfully done : the point 
has been held perpendicularly so as to produce no 
burr that would hold ink. There are no visible 
signs of any scraping off of burr either in this point 
work or in the rouletted work. 

A simple form of roulette is a small circular 

metal disc set as a wheel in a long handle, and with 

56 



LUDWIG VON SIEGEN 

teeth like those of a saw filed out at its edge. All 
the prints from mezzotint plates engraved by Von 
Siegen, Prince Rupert, and Fiirstenberg show that 
they all worked with roulettes or rollers of different 
sizes, very likely made by themselves to suit their 
own fancy or requirement. Some have been so 
contrived as to make simple lines of dots ; others 
have made lines of shaped dots ; and others, rollers, 
appear to have been channelled or striated across 
with lines only especially some of the larger ones 
used by Prince Rupert. Von Siegen was the most 
skilful practitioner of any of his contemporaries 
with the roulette. His mastery over the instru- 
ment is clearly seen in all his engravings, as he 
appears to have destroyed his experimental and un- 
finished work. Roulettes can be made to run 
curves easily, and Von Siegen has absolutely 
revelled in tne curling locks worn by many of his 
lady sitters. He has Tost no opportunity of show- 
ing his skill with the little wheel. This is par- 
ticularly noticeable in the careful and wonderful 
way in which he has engraved the various orna- 
ments and parts of dress in which curved or flowing 
lines could be fitly introduced. 

I think, then, that Von Siegen's invention was 
only that of the use of small toothed roulettes to 
make dotted lines, curves, and shadowed spaces on 
metal, preferably copper, and a careful examination 
of prints from his plates endorses this view. Here 
ana there is a very slight mark engraved with a 
burin, but practically his plates are all rouletted. 
They are very light and charming, and where he 
has used the roulette strongly and closely there he 
gets to some extent the velvety effect so peculiar to 

57 



MEZZOTINTS 

mezzotints. Von Siegen by no means roughened 
his plates all over; he only rouletted them where 
and how he wanted his darks or greys, and then he 
carefully chose the roulette of the size and pattern 
he required. It will be readily seen that by reason 
of this manner of engraving there would be little or 
no necessity for any subsequent scraping or bur- 
nishing, except in the case of some mistake or slip, 
so it appears tolerably certain that in these plates 
there has been little or no scraping at all, and very 
little burnishing. The use of a burnisher on metals 
had been known for ages, and its power of flattening 
out marks or slips on metal surfaces was perfectly 
well known. All the early mezzotinters are likely 
from the beginning to have had burnishers ready to 
their hand, as they were well understood engraver's 
tools, and so we come naturally to the second stage 
of our mezzotint, that in which a burnisher was first 
used to obliterate some of the messy or uncertain 
edges accidentally left by the roulette, and hence by 
easy transition to be actually used as an auxiliary 
to render small light places easily among the 
shadows, or to accentuate brilliant points of light 
which had become by chance obscured, or which 
had been found too difficult to leave untouched by 
the roulette. 

Von Siegen's most important work consists of 
large portrait-heads. Besides that of the Land- 
gravine Amelia Elizabeth, he made fine portraits of 
Ferdinand in., Emperor of Germany, and his wife 
the Queen of Bohemia; of William, Prince of 
Orange, and of Mary, daughter of Charles I. of 
England and Princess of Orange. 

These prints vary from about twenty-one to 
58 



LUDWIG VON SIEGEN 

sixteen inches in height. The work on all of them 
is delicate but effective fine roulette work, dotted 
work, and a little burnishing. Sometimes small 
lines and shadows are added on the prints with 
black chalk, and, still more curiously, in some places, 
such as the high light in the eyes, the paper itself 
appears to have been scraped away to a slight depth. 
If the modelling on the faces were not done with 
remarkable skill and delicacy it would be scratchy, 
but it is managed with such consummate art that 
it just escapes this pitfall. The general result is 
pleasing, although, like much too fine work, in 
some cases it verges upon hardness. 

Sometimes the backgrounds are engraved all 
over with lines crossed at right angles, showing 
that the idea of mezzotinting Targe flat spaces had 
not as yet developed, but that known processes 
were still preferentially used to produce broad even 
tones. 

Besides the large portraits a few other mezzo- 
tints, subject pieces, were engraved by Von Siegen. 
One of these shows St. Bruno kneeling in a cave 
with a strong light upon his white robe. The work 
here is strong roulette work with a little accessory 
engraving. The distant peep of landscape is 
charmingly done, and shows Von Siegen's char- 
acteristic delicacy, although the plate is considered 
to be one of his early efforts. 

Another print is known as the ' Sainte Famille 
aux Lunettes,' because St. Joseph is holding a big 
pair of spectacles in his hand. It is after Annibale 
Carracci, and shows cautious and tentative work, 
as befits its supposed early date. It is mainly 
rouletted, with a few engraved lines and a too 

59 



MEZZOTINTS 

liberal use of the burnisher. Some of Von Siegen's 
plates are printed on a remarkably coarse-grained 
paper, white and thick. The inking of the earlier 
plates is rough and messy, but that of the portraits, 
which were probably his later work, is excellent. 

Le*on de Laborde, in his most valuable and 
excellent work, Histoire de la gramire en maniere 
Noire, Leipzig, 1839, considers that there are signs 
of scraped work in Von Siegen's portrait of William, 
Prince of Nassau, as well as in that of the Emperor 
Ferdinand in., but I cannot from my own observa- 
tion endorse this view at all. 

The question whether a white space on a 
mezzotint print has been produced by the action 
of a scraper or that of a burnisher is a difficult one 
to answer, but there are certain small distinctive 
marks made by each of these instruments which 
differ from each other. These marks do -not always 
show, and when they do, they are due either to 
defects in the instruments themselves or to the 
homogeneity of the copper plate. 

In attempting to judge whether a white place 
has been made by scraper or burnisher, it must first 
of all be understood that the inking and printing of 
the plate has been normal. If this inking has been 
in any way done so as to purposely obscure the 
working, which is quite easy and commonly 
done, then any such judgment would be of small 
value. 

We will then take, for example, a space roulette 
or rocked, so that if inked it would print quit 
black. If a burnisher be rubbed over part of this 
black space, say in the shape of a small leaf, it will 
Polish down the tops of the tiny burrs wherever it 
60 



BURNISHING AND SCRAPING 

is pressed upon them, but will remove no metal. 
If now the part is inked, the ink will find no grip 
in the polished points, so will not stick there, and 
the resulting print will show a series of absolutely 
white points wherever the burnisher has touched. 
If desired, the burnishing can be carried on so far 
as to entirely flatten out both the burrs and the in- 
dentations of the mezzotinted surface, producing a 
new polished surface at the bottom of a depression. 
This naturally will print entirely white, and on the 
print would show as a little white mountain, in low 
relief. In order to completely clear off all ink from 
such a spot it is well to use a soft wooden point 
with whitening on it. 

Now to revert to the original mezzotinted space 
and consider the effect of a sharp, hard steel scraper 
upon it. If the leaf form be slightly gone over with 
the scraper, the tops of the little projections will be 
sawn off, some of the metal being actually removed, 
leaving in each case a little striated point to which 
some ink will adhere. If printed from, these points 
will show as grey points wherever the scraper has 
touched. If the scraping is continued until all the 
rouletted or mezzotinted surface has been cut away, 
a delicate grey patch will show on the print, and if 
this, or part of it, be again burnished, pure white 
will result, as before forming a little white mountain 
on the print. The difference may then be stated in 
general terms to be that the use of the scraper tends 
to produce truly grey-toned spaces, whereas the 
use of the burnisher tends to produce spaces dotted 
with white dots. These at a distance will also 
show as grey, but not in the same delicate way 
that the scraped work does. 

6l 



MEZZOTINTS 

Burnishers of hard steel are very liable to get 
small points of rust upon them, and they also seem 
to have an affinity for collecting morsels of dust or 
other minute bodies upon their bright surfaces, or 
mixed with the oil with which they are worked, the 
result of any of which accidents is that, as well as 
polishing the copper in the required place, they very 
often add in a few scratches on their own account. 
So we often find white spaces on mezzotints with 
very fine longitudinal marks along them. When- 
ever such hair-like lines show in any space, evidently 
intended to be white, I consider they have been 
produced by a defective burnisher. It is curious to 
note that a point intended to be very white, such, 
for instance, as the high light on the tip of the 
nose, often shows fine black lines across it. The 
meaning of this is simply that the point of the 
burnisher has both scratched and polished the 
copper, instead of only polishing it. This defect 
can be commonly found on prints up to the begin- 
ning of the eighteenth century, after which it shows 
more rarely. 

Scrapers, on the other hand, betray their use 
by another kind of defect on the print. They are 
liable to produce small ridges on the metal at right 
angles to the line of their action. Whether they 
take undue notice of small variations of density in 
the copper itself, or whether their level action is 
disturbed by some other cause, I do not know ; but 
scrapers are certainly apt to produce small transverse 
ridges somewhat resembling wave-marks in sand, 
and whenever a trace of such ridges shows on a 
print, that space has been scraped. A burnisher 
used on such ridges will often flatten them com- 

62 



BURIN WORK 

pletely out, but also sometimes it will leave them 
quite evident. 

Instances of the first of these appearances, that 
due to the use of the burnisher, are common on all 
the prints of Von Siegen, Prince. Rupert, Fiirsten- 
berg, and William Sherwin, and all of these are 
notably deficient in half-tones ; but on prints from 
plates engraved by Abraham Blooteling I find for 
the first time what I consider to be undoubted 
signs of the use of a scraper. 

I have noted that a white spot normally produced 
in the middle of a dark mezzotinted space, should 
show on the print as a small mountain in relief. 
But, in many instances, both in early and in late 
mezzotints, the opposite effect is noticeable in the 
eyes of portraits. The pupil of the eye shows as a 
deep black mark in relief, and the light spot on it 
is in a depression. Whenever this effect is observed 
the meaning of it is that this particular eye is not 
really mezzotinted at all, it is engraved with the 
burin ; and consequently, although the whole eye 
may have been mezzotinted at first with the rest of 
the plate, yet the small details, with definite out- 
lines and the fineness of the necessary lines, have 
been found too difficult to render with a roulette or 
rocker, so the artist has polished the place all over 
and then simply used his burin to engrave the pupil 
and sometimes also the iris and the lines about, 
leaving the white spot untouched. Of course the 
result of this is that the black part is in sharp relief 
on the print and the white spot is in a depression. 
It is very interesting to observe the work on the 
eyes of all portraits engraved in mezzotint, as it 
will generally be found to have been realised that 

63 



MEZZOTINTS 

this process alone has proved inadequate to pro- 
duce the desired effect, and that some other kind 
of work has been necessarily enlisted as an 
auxiliary. 

About 1654, at Brussels, Von Siegen first met 
Prince Rupert, an artist of much culture, and to 
him he imparted the secret of his new invention. 
Although Von Siegen himself made much show 
of secrecy, Prince Rupert does not seem to have 
done so at all, as he certainly told John Evelyn 
all about it, although he in his turn made it a 
mystery ; then the Prince imparted the knowledge 
to the Canon von Fiirstenberg, and eventually to 
a professional engraver, Wallerant Vaillant, whom 
he employed to assist him. 

For a long time Prince Rupert was considered 
to be the inventor of mezzotinting. This is partly 
due to the fact that his high rank made the very 
fine plates he engraved well known, and also that 
there is an old story about him to this effect, which 
has been widely credited. 

H. D. Chelsum wrote a curious little tract about 
mezzotinting, under the title of A History of the 
Art of Engraving in Mezzo-Tinto from its Origin 
to the Present Times, printed at Winchester in 1786, 
and in this book the story is given. It is to the 
effect that on one occasion Prince Rupert noticed a 
sentinel trying to clean a fusil-barrel which had 
been deeply bitten by rust, and on examining this 
barrel the Prince found that the marks had run 
together so as to form some sort of picture. From 
his observation of this accidental marking and his 
experiments afterwards to purposely produce some- 
thing like it, Prince Rupert was supposed to have 
64 



PRINCE RUPERT 

deduced the possibility of so roughening a metal 
plate in certain lines as to enable a print to be 
made from it. 

Prince Rupert, Count Palatine of the Rhine, 
Duke of Bavaria, Duke of Cumberland and Earl of 
Holderness, was the third son of the Princess Eliza- 
beth, eldest daughter of James i., and Frederick v., 
Elector Palatine of the Rhine, afterwards King of 
Bohemia. He was born at Prague, lyth December 
1619, and died in London in 1682, and is buried in 
Henry vn.'s chapel at Westminster. 

Both as soldier, sailor, artist, and man of science 
Prince Rupert highly distinguished himself. He 
took part in various wars abroad, as well as for the 
Royalists in England against the Parliamentary 
forces. Successful as a rule, and brilliant in tactics, 
he was badly beaten at Marston Moor, and again 
when he surrendered Bristol to the king's enemies, 
and at last he was banished from England by the 
Parliament of 1646. He then went to France, and 
entered the service of that country for a short time, 
but presently took to the sea independently and 
harassed the enemies of his cousin Charles n. At 
the battle of Solebay he commanded a squadron 
as Admiral of the White, and, a few years after- 
wards, was made Vice-Admiral of England, and 
from 1673 to 1679 he was First Lord of the 
Admiralty. 

Prince Rupert had a laboratory and made several 
scientific discoveries ; among these was a new gun- 
powder, a revolver, ' Prince s-metal ' an amalgam 
of copper and zinc and ' Prince Rupert's drops,' 
molten glass dropped into cold water, forming bulbs 
with long tails, which, on being cracked, all fall to 

E 65 



MEZZOTINTS 

powder, and for a long time he was considered as 
the inventor of mezzotinting. Although this is not 
actually true, he was nevertheless the first artist tc 
at all realise the importance of Von Siegen's dis- 
covery, as will be readily seen on an examinatior 
of the powerful and masterly plates he engraved ii 
that same manner. 

Prince Rupert's two most important prints are 
both excellent. One of them is the ' Great Exe- 
cutioner,' after Spagnoletto; the other is a print 
called the ' Standard-bearer ' by J. Chaloner Smith, 
and ' David ' by Laborde. 

The ' Great Executioner ' is in every way re- 
markable among mezzotints. It measures 24^ b) 
17^ inches, and is known in three states. 

A man, three-quarters length, is standing ii 
profile, dressed in a ragged coat. On his head is 
white bandage, and in his right hand he is hold- 
ing the head of St. John the Baptist. In the 
background behind him is a staff on which is 
ribbon bearing the etched device, ' ECCE AGNUS 
DEI LITT. P. MUNDI.' In his left hand he holds 
a sword, on the blade of which are the letter 
' R. p. F. 1658.' At the bottom is a frame- 
work on which, in some of the states, is an etchec" 
inscription. 

The manner of working the head of this figure is 
strong and yet delicate. It resembles Von Siegen's 
work in its delicacy, but is far stronger and better 
than anything Von Siegen ever did. The plate is 
marred by the treatment of the background, which 
has been roughened with a lined roulette of too 
large size. This roulette has been worked in broad, 
sweeping curves, and, as so often happens in such 
66 







X x^ 

ta.lg* (k8ou/t*yn*b/. 

f 



PRINCE RUPERT 

cases, the edges of the curves show unduly, so that 
the whole plate looks more or less as if it was 
made up of a series of small rainbows. There is 
an immense amount of other work upon this plate, 
dotted, scratched, etched, and engraved, and, as 
Laborde truly says, the effect produced cannot fail 
to arouse our admiration and astonishment. 

The other print of Prince Rupert's, which by its 
great merit is worthy of special attention, is the 
smaller 'Standard-bearer,' measuring u by 8 
inches. It represents a young man in cuirass with 
long hair and a cap, holding a standard in his right 
hand and leaning on a shield with his left. On the 
upper border of the shield is the inscription ' 1658 
Rupt. P. FEC.' The picture is said to be after 
Giorgione. The work is excellent throughout, and 
some of the roughening of the surface of the copper 
has been very skilfully done so as only to cast a 
grey shadow on the paper. There is some etched 
and some burnished work, but I cannot feel sure 
that there is any scraped work ; I think not. 

The remaining prints which are certainly by 
Prince Rupert are smaller and of little importance. 
There is a very scratchy Magdalen, said to be after 
Merian, with an etched title ; two heads in large 
hats, which may possibly be portraits of himself; 
and a quite small head of Titian, which is attributed 
to the Prince in the British Museum collection, 
but which J. Chaloner Smith considers not to be 
by him, as it has a frame, and it is supposed that 
Prince Rupert never engraved a frame to any of his 
mezzotints. 

The head called the ' Small Executioner,' which 
Prince Rupert good-naturedly made for John 

6? 



MEZZOTINTS 

Evelyn's book Sculptura, is an excellent copy of 
the head only of the ' Great Executioner.' 

Besides, there are several small doubtful prints 
which have been attributed to the warrior-artist, but 
even if this is correct they are only early exercises 
and of little artistic value. One head of a young 
woman is finely rouletted in the manner of Von 
Siegen, and others show experiments made with 
roulettes or rollers of different sizes and patterns. 
Some of them, like those which were used for the 
' Great Executioner,' appear only to have been scored 
across with parallel lines. 

Some of the prints, in small light places, show 
curious small scratchings on the surface of the 
paper, the same peculiarity which appears on some 
of Von Siegen's. It is just possible that this 
proceeding may have suggested the scraping of the 
burred copper surface to produce something of the 
same effect. 

As compared with Von Siegen's work, that of 
Prince Rupert ranks higher, although he has only 
used the same processes. Von Siegen was very 
loyal to his fine roulettes, and did not seek much 
further for help in working on the copper ; but 
Prince Rupert seems to have used several kinds of 
instruments, as in many of his plates new effects 
appear, as if the copper surface had been subjected 
to some file-like roughening which was more or 
less under the control of the artist. 

The early mezzotinters did not hesitate to 
improve their prints by subsequent doctoring. 
Not only are surface scratchings used to produce 
light places, but also there are not uncommon 
instances of deepening of colour by means of black 
68 



THE CANON VON FURSTENBERG 

chalk, lamp black, or printing ink. I think it is 
very likely that more of this kind of work than is 
generally admitted exists on many ' brilliant ' prints, 
even among those of comparatively recent origin. 

Some of the mezzotints engraved by the Baron 
von Fiirstenberg, a contemporary with Prince 
Rupert, are very large. Many of the early mezzo- 
tinters liked large plates. Filrstenberg's work is to 
my mind never pleasing; the strong contrasts of 
light and shade and the inferior technique alto- 
gether render them of little artistic value. The 
only peculiarity about his work which is worthy of 
notice is the existence 
of a curious aureole 
in some of his prints, 
with a sort of tail to it. 
This peculiar aureole 
also appears in one in- 
stance on a plate cred- 
ited to Jan Thomas, a 
seventeenth century 
Dutch mezzotinter of 
little skill, but except in this instance I believe it 
occurs only on Fiirstenberg's work. A mezzotinted 
portrait of William, Archduke of Austria, is signed 
'Theodorus Casparus a Fiirstenburgh Canomcus. 
Pinxit et fecit 1656.' 

There is some slight sign of scraping on some 
of FUrstenberg's plates, but it is doubtful, as most 
of his prints are so badly produced that any de- 
duction of the kind from them is of uncertain 
value. There appears to me to have been some 
attempt in some of the plates at rouletting a larger 
space than necessary, and then scraping or burnish- 

69 




AUREOLE USED BY VON FURSTENBERG. 



MEZZOTINTS 

ing it down as required, but there is little of such 
work, the effect having been produced as much as 
possible by simply rouletting the plate wherever the 
dark places were wanted. The burnisher has been 
freely and stupidly used, the result being at the 
same time weak and hard. Nevertheless, in spite 
of their inferiority, Von Fiirstenberg's mezzotints 
have at all events immortalised their author as one 
of the very early engravers in that manner, and he 
is worthy of honour because he was one of the few 
amateurs who by their weaknesses, as well as by 
their strengths, contributed to render the art one of 
a recognised style, and eventually to hold very high 
rank among the processes of engraving on metal. 
He is only known to fame because of the few 
mezzotint prints he has left, and is credited with 
having instructed some younger engravers in the 
new process. The best known of these were J. 
Friedrich von Eltz, J. T. Kremer, and Jodocus 
Bickart, and J. Chaloner Smith thinks they may 
have actually helped the Canon in his works. 

Wallerant Vaillant was a Dutch portrait-painter. 
He acted as assistant to Prince Rupert, who very 
likely instructed him in the art of mezzotinting. 
He was a good draughtsman, and perhaps his best 
work is to be found among the numerous small 
portrait-heads, mostly of Dutchmen. Vaillant's 
plates are almost entirely deficient in half-tones. I 
attribute this to the absence of scraping in any 
quantity ; the lights are all burnished. The grain 
is coarse and ugly, and the blacks are weak. Among 
the portraits is one of Vaillant's patron, Prince 
Rupert, and under it is lettered the words ' Prins 
Robbert, vinder van de Swarte Prent Konst/ no 
70 



WALLERANT VAILLANT 

doubt only a piece of flattery, as Vaillant must have 
known cjuite well that Von Siegen showed the 
Prince his new art. Some of the drapery on this 
head is copied from that on a head of David, 
engraved by Prince Rupert. There is also a head 
of a negro, interesting in comparison with the far 
better one said to have been engraved by Sir 
Christopher Wren, of which this is a copy without 
the metal collar. Besides the portraits Vaillant 
engraved several miscellaneous subject pieces, 
'Susanna and the Elders,' 'Judith,' ' Holy Families,' 
singing men and others, all of which are well 
drawn, but the mezzotinting of which is coarse, 
dull, and weak. A few are printed in pale brown 
ink, and they look worse than ever, as the dark 
places are not strongly enough engraved to bear the 
weakening in tint without undue loss of depth. 
Among these smaller prints there is one of Prince 
Rupert in armour, which Laborde thinks is pro- 
bably the first, or one of the first, done by Vaillant. 
It is very scratchy and bad, and although, as usual, 
well drawn, it is not at all pleasing. 

Vaillant's greatest claim to notice is indeed the 
fact that by his open attribution to Prince Rupert 
of the invention of the ' Swarte Konst,' as well as 
by the great publicity given to his portraits of the 
Prince, and his engravings partly copied from him, 
he is largely responsible for the widely spread 
belief that Prince Rupert invented mezzotinting. 

There exists a curious early and unsigned 
mezzotint of a Moor's head and bust, with a thick 
metal collar, which is supposed to have been 
engraved by Sir Christopher Wren. It is, how- 
ever, very uncertain whether this is the fact. The 



MEZZOTINTS 

main authority for the attribution of this plate to 
Sir Christopher appears to be a sentence in the 
Parentalia of the family of Wren, published in 
London in 1750. Here it is stated that Sir Chris- 
topher ' was the first inventor of the art of graving 
in Mezzo Tinto, which was afterwards prosecuted 
and improved by his Royal Highness Prince 
Rupert, in a method somewhat different, upon the 
suggestion (as is said) of the learned and ingenious 
John Evelyn, Esq. Of this art some original 
essays are extant, viz. the head of a Moor, etc., by 
the Inventor, etc.' The engraving of the Moor's 
head in question is quite small, and evidently an 
experimental plate, the drawing good, but the 
technique of the mezzotinting very weak and un- 
certain. It is slightly burnished in places, and 
possibly a little scraped also. It would of itself 
have attracted no notice, but because of, the various 
references to it in notices of mezzotinting it has 
some interest. Chelsum quotes the statement in 
the Parentalia in his book on mezzotints, but 
Evelyn, far from corroborating it, only mentions 
Wren as a dexterous draughtsman. 

Jan van Somer and Paul van Somer were 
probably brothers, and there exist several mezzo- 
tints signed ' Van Somer ' only, without any initial, 
the authorship of which is doubtful between the 
two. 

The mezzotints of Jan van Somer are mostly 
small, not well engraved, almost entirely deficient 
in half-tones, and generally represent Dutch scenes 
after Dutch artists. Some of the heads are well 
drawn. 

Paul, the younger of the two, was born 
72 



JAN AND PAUL VAN SOMER 

Amsterdam, probably about 1649, and worked in 
England during the latter half of the century. He 
engraved several small plates, most of which are 
deficient in half-tones, and are probably lightened 
by means of the burnisher alone. Only one of his 
plates is worthy of especial notice. It is a large 
group of the Coke family, after Huysman. This 
plate, which measures 25! by 19^ inches, is the 
first attempt to represent a large group of this kind 
in mezzotint, and it is remarkably successful. The 
Dutch treatment of the subject by the painter is 
suitably and feelingly rendered by the Dutch feeling 
of the engraver. 

There is some doubt as to which family of 
Coke it represents, and it has been considered to 
be that of Edward Coke of Holkham, the father of 
the Earl of Leicester, but this has been disputed 
because of the date. It is now considered more 
likely that the group is that of the children of 
Sir Edward Coke of Longford, in Derby. There 
are three boys and two girls in a very ornamental 
garden with a fountain and pet animals, the flying 
angel probably representing a daughter who died 
young. 

Van Somer engraved principally after Sir A. 
Vandyck and Sir P. Lely. 

The process of mezzotinting starts by handi- 
capping its votaries considerably, and the majority 
of prints, portrait, landscape, genre or full-length, 
go to prove this, as they are nearly all too dark. 
The greatest jealousy, then, must be exercised only 
to examine and consider the very finest works 
possible, for mezzotinting, of a kind, is extremely 
easy, and a maximum of effect with a minimum of 

73 



MEZZOTINTS 

labour can be obtained by the use of this process. 
In regard to the very early prints, I look upon them 
chiefly as curiosities, and indeed they can hardly be 
strictly considered as mezzotints at all. I think 
Abraham Blooteling was the first artist who at all 
realised the combined power of roulette or rocker 
and scraper to produce tones only as distinct from 
lines. He saw the possibility of the rich blacks, 
delicately graduated greys, and pearly whites, and he 
first used this power properly with supreme success. 

It is curious and lucky that Blooteling worked 
in England, as it enables us to include him in lists 
of English engravers. Certainly Prince Rupert 
was half English, and, as we have seen, for a long 
time he was considered the inventor of the art. 
As long ago as 1744, P. J. Mariette in his book 
Recueil destampes qiii composoient le cabinet de 
M. Boyer d'Agiiitles, says of two mezzotint prints 
that they are gravds dans la maniere qu'on 
nomine dAngleterre. 

Although the early mezzotinters were not 
English, their best work was done here, and the 
chief patronage and encouragement to the art of 
mezzotinting has always been afforded by our 
nation rather than any other. There are certain 
niceties of execution in the best work of Blooteling 
which have given rise to the notion that he invented 
and used the rounded chisel form of rocker rather 
than the roulette form which had been hitherto 
used. He may have done so. Anyway, there is no 
doubt that his work is immeasurably in advance of 
that of any of his contemporaries, both as to the 
rocking of the plate and the subsequent scraping 
and burnishing. 
74 



ABRAHAM BLOOTELING 

For large plates the rocker held in the hand is 
always difficult to manage, and all Blooteling's best 
plates are very large. It is possible that he or Blois 
perhaps the credit lies between them invented 
some arrangement analogous to the pole attach- 
ment which is now used for facilitating the rocking 
of copper plates for mezzotint work. The chief 
advantage of this is that a large rocker can be 
easily worked. It is set at a sharp angle near one 
end of a pole about three feet in length, the other 
end of which is fitted with a rounded stud. The 
rocker rests on the copper plate and the stud rests 
in a smooth groove. The worker presses with his 
hand on the pole over or near the rocker, and rocks 
it evenly sideways, and each rock moves the whole 
thing a hair's-breadth forward, by reason of the 
angle at which the cutting edge is set, the stud 
running easily in its groove. 

Abraham Blooteling was born at Amsterdam in 
1634. He was a skilled line engraver, an art he 
probably learned from Cornelius Visscher, and also 
worked most successfully in mezzotint. It is not 
known how he learned mezzotinting, but it is sup- 
posed, with much probability, that he may have 
been taught by Fiirstenberg. He certainly knew 
the family, as he engraved portraits of some of its 
members. 

Blooteling came to England in 1673, and pro- 
bably stayed here some considerable time, as he 
mezzotinted many portraits of English people. 
Among these are the finest specimens of his work. 
He engraved in this manner several plates after Lely 
and Vandyck, as well as many after Dutch artists, 
and others probably from his own drawings. 

75 



MEZZOTINTS 

There is a list of Blooteling's engravings given 
by M. E. Wessels, in which one hundred and 
twenty-eight mezzotints are included, and another 
list is given in J. Chaloner Smith's Catalogue of 
British Mezzotint Portraits. 

Charming though the small mezzotints by 
Blooteling are good enough of themselves to rank 
him as a master they yet give way before the 
splendid nearly life-size heads for which he is most 
distinguished. These are always within an oval 
framework, as are many of the small ones, and in 
their execution the highest skill of the mezzotinter 
is apparent. Not only are they admirably drawn, 
but the peculiar charm of the dark, grey, and white 
tones which can be produced by this particular 
process is fully evident in every case. Blooteling 
is the first true master of mezzotint, and I think he 
was the first to use the scraper to any important 
extent. His grounds are well laid ; they were done 
for him by an assistant named Blois, but there is 
no doubt he closely superintended the working 
and carefully chose the size and pattern of the 
grain to be cut on the rocker. His grounds are 
only better of the same kind than those used before 
him, but his use of the scraper is practically a new 
departure. 

Among the large heads, that of James, Duke of 
Monmouth, after Lely, is perhaps the finest as well 
as the best known, but all are so fine that any 
distinction between them is really unnecessary. 
Of the others, there are especially beautiful prints 
of Charles n., Charles, Earl of Derby, and Mary 
Beatrice, Duchess of York. Some of these exist 
in several states, the early ones without the 
76 



ABRAHAM BLOOTELING 

finished oval framework in which most of them 
are eventually enclosed. 

Blooteling also engraved a considerable number 
of small portraits, in which his great skill as a 
mezzotinter shows quite as clearly. Among these 
are some of exceptional merit the head of an old 
man, Abraham Symonds, a modeller in wax, is a 
fine instance; and among the portraits of ladies, 
that of Louise, Duchess of Portsmouth, after Lely, 
is perhaps the most charming, although there are 
several others, of royal ladies, all of which are 
excellent. In the matter of fancy subjects Bloote- 
ling has not been so successful, or possibly only 
not so careful, as the few he has left are by no 
means good. His technique is always far in 
advance of anything done by any one else near his 
time, and in some of his small Dutch heads, or 
subjects after Dutch masters, his mastery over the 
processes of the art of mezzotinting shows very 
clearly, and he was able to produce most brilliant 
prints, rich in deep tones and delicate greys. 

Blooteling was the first engraver in mezzotint 
to take any important place as a finished exponent 
in that manner. He copied the paintings of other 
artists as a rule, and among his originals are to be 
found pictures by Sir A. Vandyck, Sir P. Lely, and 
Sir G. Kneller. Vandyck and Lely had been already 
engraved by Paul van Somer, but his work has not 
the importance of Blooteling's in any respect. The 
work of these three great artists, Vandyck, Lely, 
and Kneller, has been highly favoured by mezzotint 
engravers ever since their own time indeed they 
practically held the field until the later school 
of English painters, represented by Sir Joshua 

77 



MEZZOTINTS 

Reynolds, T. Gainsborough, G. Romney, and J. 
Hoppner, came into existence. The strength of the 
Dutch element, both as to original painters as 
well as engravers in the early days of mezzotint, 
is indeed one of the remarkable points which a 
study of the subject elucidates. 

Several engravers and assistants appear to have 
worked with and for Blooteling ; some of them may 
have been pupils. Gerrard Valck, who married 
Blooteling's sister, was one of these. He published 
some good mezzotints in England, after Lely. 

It is probable that the production of Blooteling's 
beautiful mezzotints did more to popularise the art 
among engravers than any other incentive, and 
most of the mezzotint engravers who worked at 
his own time, as well as afterwards, appear to have 
taken his work largely as a standard of excellence 
and an example to be followed as nearly as 
possible. 

Anthony Vandyck was born at Antwerp in 
1599. His early style of painting something re- 
sembled that of Rubens, whose work was already 
very highly esteemed. Vandyck remained for a 
long time at Antwerp, and was employed about 
1619 by Rubens to make working drawings of 
his pictures for the use of engravers, and he 
even helped Rubens with parts of some of his 
pictures. 

In 1620 Vandyck came to England and made 
several fine portraits of members of the English 
royal family, as well as of the aristocracy. He 
afterwards lived at Genoa and other places on the 
Continent, where he painted many fine subject 
pictures as well as portraits, but his best work is 
78 



VANDYCK AND LELY 

supposed to have been done at Antwerp, to which 
place he returned about 1626. 

In 1632 Vandyck came again to London at the 
request of Charles I., who highly admired his work 
and conferred upon him the honour of knighthood, 
and while here he executed a splendid series of 
portraits of the royal family. Vandyck arranged 
his portraits himself, but left much of the accessory 
work to assistants, always painting the faces and 
hands and giving the finishing touches generally 
with his own hand. He died at Blackfriars in 
1641, and was buried in St. Paul's Cathedral. 

Vandyck's pictures and portraits have been 
largely engraved in mezzotint, for which they are 
very suitable. From Blooteling and Beckett to 
Valentine Green, and particularly J. R. Smith, 
almost all of the first rank of mezzotint engravers 
have loved to copy his work, which is fortunately 
abundant. 

Sir Peter Lely was the son of a soldier in the 
army of the States General, and was born in 1618 
near Utrecht. He early showed a taste for art, 
and was allowed to follow his inclination, taking 
to portrait-painting from the beginning. 

Lely came to England with the Prince of 
Orange in 1641, and painted several portraits of 
members of the royal family, to some extent basing 
his style on that of Sir Anthony Vandyck, who had 
just died. Lely is said to have painted a portrait 
of Cromwell, but nevertheless at the Restoration he 
was taken into favour by Charles n., and painted 
numbers of Court beauties, many of the oest of 
which are now at Hampton Court. Lely was the 
supreme Court painter in England until the arrival 

79 



MEZZOTINTS 

of Godfrey Kneller, who was a remarkably rapid 
worker. 

Lely's work has always enjoyed much favour 
with mezzotint engravers, and the early engravers 
Blooteling and Van Somer both copied his work. 
Among the prints published by A. Browne and 
R. Thompson, and engraved by various masters, 
will be found the most numerous mezzotints after 
Lely. He was knighted in 1679, and died the 
next year. 

William Sherwin was the son of a clergyman, 
the rector of Wellington, in Hertfordshire, and was 
always a great lover of art. He was well known 
as a line engraver, and in a portrait of his father 
he describes himself as being ' Engraver to the 
King by Patent.' He also engraved several of the 
plates in Sandford's History^ of the Coronation of 
James II. Sherwin experimented largely with 
mezzotints, being in all probability incited thereto 
by the study of John Evelyn's book Sculptura> 
published in 1662, but as this work does not 
actually describe the process, it is supposed that 
Sherwin experimented for himself with files. 
Eventually, however, he made the acquaintance 
of Prince Rupert, one of whose servants was 
accused of having surreptitiously shown Sherwin 
his master's engraving-tools, and the Prince is 
said to have helped him in his studies, and even 
given him a roulette. 

Sherwin lends some colour to this story, as he 
has not only dedicated two of his most important 
mezzotints, those of Charles n. and his Queen, to I 
Prince Rupert, but he also adds to the lettering on 
that of the King the words ' Specimen hoc vestrae 
80 






W. SHERWIN 

Celsitudinis gratia et favore sibi divulgatum ' con- 
cerning the art itself as known to him. 

Sherwin has the distinction of being the first 
English engraver in mezzotint. He has luckily dated 
the print of Charles n., just mentioned, ' 1609,' so 
that until a mezzotint of English origin is found 
bearing an earlier date, this one remains in posses- 
sion. It is a disagreeable portrait. It is possible 
that some of the plates engraved by Francis Place 
were really earlier, but as none of his prints are 
dated, the matter becomes one of conjecture only. 

Sherwin may well have improved his practice of 
mezzotinting by the study of Alexander Browne's 
Ars Pictoria, which was published in the same 
year as the portrait of Charles n. He married 
Elizabeth Pride, great-niece and heiress of George 
Monk, Duke of Albemarle, a connection which was 
of much value to him, as it is probable that it 
was through the Court influence of the Albemarles 
that he obtained the introduction to Prince Rupert, 
without which his work would probably not have 
been as good as it is. The same interest also, no 
doubt, helped him in his endeavours to obtain 
permission to make portraits of so many of the 
royal family, as well as other persons of high rank. 

Sherwin can hardly be considered as a pro- 
fessional mezzotinter; he rather comes under the 
head of a distinguished amateur. He has not done 
much work in this manner, and what there is is 
all portraiture, and mostly taken from his own 
drawings. 

Sherwin's work is curiously varied in quality. 
His two important plates of Charles n. and Queen 
Catherine are done in an effective but scratchy 
F 81 



MEZZOTINTS 

style, unlike most of the others, but they are 
powerful portraits, and altogether well managed. 
They are worked up in all sorts of ways, scratched 
with points and files, apparently etched here and 
there, and worked upon with a burin. On some of 
the prints the letterings have been engraved on a 
separate plate. 

The portrait of George Monk, Duke of Albe- 
marle, is powerful and strongly engraved ; the 
manner of working is curious and varied, but the 
general result is pleasing. That of Elizabeth, 
Duchess of Albemarle, is charming, strong, and yet 
delicate, and possesses many of the high qualities 
afterwards found in the finest eighteenth century 
work, but the drawing is weak. Altogether this is 
one of the most pleasing lady's portraits that had 
as yet been produced in mezzotint. 

Some of Sherwin's prints appear to have been 
' improved ' very carefully with lamp black or 
printing ink applied by hand to supplement weak 
places. 

Sherwin's portraits, like those of Blooteling, are 
generally within an oval outline, and enclosed in an 
ornamental framework. Sometimes these borders 
are charmingly engraved in mezzotint, as in the 
case of the portrait of Adrian Beverland ; at other 
times they are curiously etched with a marbled 
effect, resembling a broad and coarse stipple, and 
finished with ordinary etching. His mezzotints 
are very scarce. Although J. Chaloner Smith gives 
a longish list of works by him, it is not easy to 
find them. He appears to have improved his style 
remarkably in his later work, and he also realised 
for the first time the singular suitability of a dark 
82 



ALEX. BROWNE AND FRANCIS PLACE 

brown ink for prints made from plates engraved in 
mezzotint, and he frequently had his prints made in 
this colour. 

Alexander Browne, the author of the tract Ars 
Pictoria, published in 1669, which contains the 
first printed account of the actual process of engrav- 
ing in mezzotint, published many prints in that 
manner. These mostly have the inscription ' Sold ^ 
by Alex. Browne at the blew balcony in little Queen 
Street,' and he may have engraved some of them 
himself, but it is not certain. The prints vary 
much in style, and they certainly bear out the 
theory that they are the work of several hands. 

J. Chaloner Smith suggests several names of 
mezzotint engravers who are likely to have done 
work for Browne, but the attributions still remain 
for most critics a matter of speculation. 

Walpole says that Browne obtained a patent in 
1683 to engrave a hundred mezzotints after Vandyck 
and Lely, and it is most probable that he commis- 
sioned the best engravers he could get to undertake 
such part of this work as was ever executed. 

Francis Place worked at mezzotints as nearly as / 
possible at the same time as William Sherwin, and 
it is still uncertain which of them really worked 
first, but Sherwin, having dated his Charles n. 
' 1669,' is entitled to rank as the earlier engraver. 
Place has not dated any of his prints. Place, like 
Sherwin, was a skilled engraver in many styles, and 
he was a friend and possibly a pupil of the engraver 
Wenceslaus Hollar. He was also a good artist in 
oils as well as in crayons, and is generally supposed 
to have picked up the process of mezzotinting for 
himself by means of careful study of such mezzo- 

83 



MEZZOTINTS 

tint prints as were available to him. He was a 
native of Dimsdale, in Yorkshire, where he was 
born in 1647, and began life as an attorney, but 
being fortunately a man of sufficient property to 
follow his own inclinations, he soon gave up the 
law and devoted himself to art. 

In later life Place amused himself at York by 
making experiments in pottery, and produced a 
grey ware with black streaks in it, specimens of 
which are now much sought after. 

Most of Place's mezzotints are small and un- 
important. They show in many cases the work of 
a line engraver trying what he can do with a roulette 
instead of a burin; but through all the deficient 
technique, the knowledge and power of an excellent 
draughtsman shows very clearly. Several, however, 
of the later engravings, often very charming and 
rich in half-tones, although still small, show an 
increasing mastery over the unfamiliar process. 
Perhaps the most pleasing of all the portraits is 
that of Philip Woolrych, after J. Greenhill. It is a 
delightful head of a young man with fair hair or 
wig, in armour. The treatment of the hair shows, 
I think, traces of scraped work, but it is difficult to 
say for certain. No doubt in all Place's mezzotints 
the great part of the light work is produced by the 
burnisher only. The plates have, I think, not been 
rocked all over, but only as required, and then a 
little scraped and burnished. Another small and 
very charming portrait is that of Charles i. in the 
beautiful robes of the Garter, after Vandyck, and a 
rather larger print of .General John Lambert as a 
young man is also very pleasing and well executed. 
Ralph Thoresby mentions a small portrait of Henry 
84 



FRANCIS PLACE 

Giles, the glass painter, of which he says that it 
was 'wrought in mezzotinto when that art was 
known to few others, by the celebrated Mr. Francis 
Place,' but if such mention had not been made con- 
cerning this print, it would not be entitled to any 
notice, as its merit is small in every way. George 
Lumley was a friend of Place, and engraved a few 
excellent mezzotint portraits, now very scarce. 

Place's work is altogether that of a born artist 
and man of taste. The technique is sufficiently 
good, although not approaching that of Blooteling ; 
but the true artistic feeling with which many of the 
portraits are engraved will always entitle Place to a 
high rank among the earliest votaries of the art of 
mezzotinting. Although Sherwin and Place have 
only left a few fine examples of their highest skill 
for us to admire, they succeeded in fixing a high 
standard for those who came after them the pro- 
fessionals who from this time onward took the art 
more and more away from the amateur world 
which had given it rise, and contributed in a high 
degree to its progress. After Place it may be said 
that the art was practically common property, and 
there were no secrets left concerning the various 
processes concerned. For a long time, however, I 
expect that each engraver habitually prepared his 
own ground the best way he could, and very likely 
made his own tools. Although Blooteling had his 
grounds prepared for him, he remained for long the 
only engraver to have this done regularly, and I 
think that much of the individuality of the various 
engravers rests in their choice of the grain pro- 
duced by the roulette or rocker they chose and 
probably designed. Sherwin and Place were in- 

85 



MEZZOTINTS 

deed truer artists than many of their professional 
successors. 

The earlier engravers in mezzotint were all 
known to one another, and the art was passed on 
among them, not practised by outsiders at all, but 
kept for some time as a close secret among a small 
company. 

Prince Rupert not only brought the art to 
England, but seems to have been quite ready to im- 
part his knowledge of mezzotinting to any one that 
cared to ask him for help and could gain access to 
him. It remained much in the hands of amateurs, 
and at first was probably looked upon as a mere 
fancy by professional engravers generally. The 
first two Englishmen to take it up were both 
amateurs, William Sherwin and Francis Place. 
Sherwin was an enthusiast, and experimented 
freely with regard to the proper kind of instrument 
to roughen the surface of the copper. While 
Prince Rupert seems only to have used a simply 
channelled roller for his grounding, Sherwin altered 
the arrangement of the cuts upon the roller, making 
them cross and re-cross each other, something in 
the same kind of way in which the fine lines 
may be seen mixed together upon a small round 
jeweller's file a section of which will make a very 
efficient roller for making a mezzotint ground, but 
can never be under such control as a properly 
made rocker. Rollers of all sizes used for laying 
mezzotint ground are always apt to slip instead ol 
revolving, and this makes them dangerous to use. 

After Sherwin and Place had shown distinctly 
that the new art was not a mere passing amuse- 
ment, but that in proper hands it was actually 
86 



THE GROWTH OF MEZZOTINTING 

capable of producing effects hitherto unattainable, 
it quickly attracted the attention of the professional 
line engravers, several of whom played with roller 
and scraper with more or less success, while still 
keeping seriously in touch with the burin. At last 
John Smith gave his whole attention to the new 
process, and as he was a most excellent draughtsman 
as well as a very skilled engraver, he soon succeeded 
in producing prints of a richness and beauty which 
at once made it evident that mezzotinting, at its 
best, must in future take a foremost place among 
the various processes of engraving. Every kind of 
engraving has its own beauties, and also has found, 
at one time or another, its own most successful 
interpreter. Collectors range widely in their quest 
for fine prints of all kinds, but it is probable that in 
time to come a very fine mezzotint will be more 
prized than a print made in any other way what- 
ever. One reason for this will at once appeal to all 
connoisseurs. It is that a mezzotinted plate of 
copper, on which soft metal all the earlier engrav- 
ings were made, has a much shorter life than one 
engraved in any other way, and also that the result- 
ing print is itself far more delicate than one drawn 
from an etched, aquatinted, or line-engraved plate, 
and consequently only a few fine prints survive in 
perfect condition. 

Mezzotint engravers have in the main at all 
times considered portraiture as the most fitting 
field for their art. The finest mezzotints, from the 
beginning, belong to this domain. Landscapes and 
subject pieces have each found able interpreters, 
and the works of Zoffany, West, Fuseli, Northcote, 
Wheatley, Hogarth, and Morland, as well as 

87 



MEZZOTINTS 

numbers of other masters, old and modern, have all 
been admirably rendered in the maniere Anglaise, 
but such plates are nearly always strongly etched 
as well. Landscapes are rarer, but they have been 
at all events attempted by some eminent engravers. 
Earlom used some mezzotinting in his prints of the 
Liber Veritatis, and so did Turner in the Liber 
Studiorum, and in later times David Lucas and 
Lupton have proved that much can be done in the 
matter of landscape, with etching combined with 
mezzotint. But I think none of these have been 
able to show that landscape js the proper field for 
this particular art. 

Although the large majority of mezzotints are 
engraved after the paintings of some artist other 
than the engraver, there are nevertheless several 
instances where the engravings have themselves 
been practically originals. This is found to be the 
case in Frye's large heads, as well as some engraved 
by J. R. Smith, and some of the plates in the Liber 
Studiorum are entirely original works by J. M. W, 
Turner. 

Most of the more important mezzotint engravers 
have, some time or other during their career, en- 
graved subject pieces as well as portraits. Mezzo- 
tint engraving has always been practised most by 
men, but, the work being light, there is no particular 
reason why ladies should not have worked more at 
it. There were, during the eighteenth century, a 
few of the gentler sex who did such good work 
that it seems a pity more of them did not follow 
the example set by Jane Thompson, Caroline 
Kirkley, Susan Reid, and Elizabeth Judkins, whose 
portrait of Mrs. Abingdon is so excellent that it is 
88 



CHOICE OF SUBJECTS 

unkindly said it must have been engraved by her 
master, James Watson. But none of these ladies 
engraved a sufficient quantity of work to entitle 
them to much special notice. 

It is probable that the inspiration for a really 
fine mezzotint is more difficult to find than it is for 
any other manner of engraving, and the reason for 
this is chiefly that there is a possibility of so much 
inherent charm in a mezzotint of itself, that it 
amounts rather to a new rendering of an original 
picture than to a mere copy from it as a line 
engraving is. It is due to this rare quality of 
inherent charm that in many cases a fine mezzotint 
print is actually a finer conception than the picture 
from which it is taken. So that, when once the 
capabilities of the art were fully understood, as far 
as its technical methods went, and engravers knew 
what could and what could not be done with it, 
they cast about for originals which would not only 
lend themselves well to reproduction in black and 
white, but would, in addition, be likely to inspire 
them with new and special views as to chiaroscuro 
in accordance with the peculiarly soft and beautiful 
darks, delicate greys, and pure lights made possible 
for the first time by the suggestive genius of Von 
Sieeen. 

We must, therefore, while not losing sight of 
the merits of the actual engravers, never forget to 
give due honour, in their proper place, to the few 
great artists whose work has pre-eminently fulfilled 
the two conditions of fitness and suggestiveness, 
both of which qualities, as the skill of the engravers 
became more general, were looked for with more 
and more care and discrimination. 

89 



MEZZOTINTS 

E. Luttrell was a native of Dublin, and was 
born about 1650. He began life as a lawyer and 
studied at New Inn in London. Soon, however, 
turning his attention to art, especially portraits in 
crayon, in which he excelled, he moreover invented 
some way of rendering a similar effect on copper, 
probably analogous to what is now called soft 
ground-etching. He became fascinated with the art 
of mezzotinting through seeing some of Blooteling's 
prints, and he endeavoured to bribe Blois, the 
workman who laid Blooteling's grounds, to impart 
to him the secret of that process. John Lloyd, 
Luttrell's publisher, was the go-between, and he 
succeeded in obtaining the required information 
from Blois, but when he got it he would not pass 
it on to Luttrell but retained it himself, and very 
traitorously instructed his friend, Isaac Beckett, 
another engraver. This naturally incensed Luttrell, 
who still remained dependent upon his own obser- 
vations of the envied prints and his experiments 
with tools of his own making, with a view to pro- 
ducing the same effects. At last he made the 
acquaintance of Jan van Somer, who explained the 
process fully, and in course of time the quarrel 
between Luttrell, Beckett, and Lloyd was made up 
and they all worked together amicably. Luttrell's 
prints bear witness to the statement that he experi- 
mented much with various methods for roughening 
the ground of his mezzotints. Walpole says that 
he rolled them with a roughened roller, but what- 
ever he did them with they are not as a rule very 
successful. The grain used is too large, and in 
many cases the whole print is weak and betrays an 
excessive use of the scraper. 
90 



E. LUTTRELL AND J. LLOYD 

Luttrell engraved chiefly after Sir A. Vandyck, 
Sir P. Lely, Sir G. Kneller, and J. Greenhill, and 
several of his plates are unsigned. His prints were 
mostly published by John Lloyd, himself an en- 
graver as well as a printseller, Isaac Beckett, and 
I. Smith. Many of the engravers of this period 
were also publishers of prints, and they often pub- 
lished their own work as well as that of their 
clients. 

John Lloyd, a contemporary with Luttrell, and 
also a mezzotint engraver and printseller, carried 
on his business in Salisbury Street, Strand. He 
obtained the secret of laying a mezzotint ground 
from Blooteling's assistant, Blois, with the avowed 
intention of passing it on to his friend Luttrell, 
but to Luttrell's great annoyance Lloyd kept the 
knowledge to himself. In time the quarrel was 
patched up, and the two engravers worked together 
in harmony, one as engraver and the other as 
publisher. 

There are only a very few mezzotints that can 
be supposed to have been actually engraved by 
Lloyd, and two of these are after Lely. The words 
'Jo Lloyd Ex.' occur on all prints published by 
him, without any engraver's name. There is much 
probability that most of these prints were engraved 
by Luttrell, peculiar work, resembling his known 
style, occurs in several instances, especially in a 
portrait of the ' Ambassador of Morocco,' probably 
done during his apprenticeship period. 

Isaac Beckett began life as a calico printer, and 
made acquaintance with the engravers Luttrell and 
Lloyd somewhere about 1670, and assisted Lloyd 
in his work. Presently, however, he worked with 

9' 



MEZZOTINTS 

Luttrell instead, and set up for himself as engraver 
and publisher. Luttrell and Beckett engraved 
several plates conjointly. Beckett took pupils him- 
self, among them being John Smith, afterwards 
one of our most famous mezzotinters, who is 
credited, however, with having put his own name 
on several of Beckett's plates, of which he obtained 
possession after his death. 

Beckett engraved several subject pieces, mostly 
scriptural, and some landscapes, but like most of 
his contemporaries, the majority of his works are 
portraits. J. Chaloner Smith catalogues a hundred 
and seven of them. He engraved chiefly after Sir 
P. Lely, Sir G. Kneller, and W. Wissing, and 
most of his plates were executed between 1681 and 
1688. He is supposed to have engraved several 
of the unsigned plates published by Alexander 
Browne. 

Beckett published most of his own prints 'at 
the goldne Head in the old Baily,' and others were 
issued by ' I. Smith at the Lyon & Crowne in 
Russell Street, Covent Garden,' 'Alex. Browne at 
ye blew ballcony in little Queen Street,' or ' E. 
Cooper at ye 3 Pidgeons in Bedford Street.' 

Many of Beckett's mezzotints are very pleasing ; 
the modelling of the faces is often extremely clever. 
The work is far the best which had been done up 
to his time, excepting Blooteling's. Beckett found 
out that white satin was excellently fitted to show 
well in mezzotint, and several of his charming 
ladies are dressed in it. The drawing in some 
cases is weak, but it is generally fairly good. It is 
not always easy to say for certain how far this sort 
of error is due to faithful transcription of the 
92 



ISAAC BECKETT 

original, but, as a rule, it is the engraver's fault 
only. 

Beckett's grounds are curiously laid. They ap- 
pear like very fine cross-hatching, and may have been 
made by a finely grooved roller of hard metal. The 
darks appear flat, and the velvety effect, which so 
often is of great value in later work, is non-existent. 
The flat effect is not unpleasing ; it seems to give 
a quietness and coolness to many of the prints 
which is in a manner refreshing. The scraped 
work is clever and effective in almost all cases, and 
I should say very little burnishing has been used. 
Several instances exist where dark places appear 
to have been cleverly touched in with some black 
pigment, giving the effect of a brilliant proof. It 
is possible that the quiet flatness of the dark places 
in Beckett's prints is not only due to the peculiar 
manner of laying the ground, but is also attribut- 
able to the quality of the ink, which is evidently 
not of a greasy kind. There are several small 
classical groups which are engraved in a careless 
way. The best work is to be found among the 
portraits. A delightful lady is ' Madam Turner,' 
after Kneller. She was daughter of Algernon, sixth 
son of William, Earl of Salisbury ; and among the 
other portraits is a very fine head of Sir Peter Lely, 
and a finely modelled head of an old man, the painter 
Peter van der Meulen, after N. de Larguilliere. 

Isaac Beckett was the first Englishman who 
could be considered as a professional mezzotint 
engraver. In many ways his work resembles that 
of Blooteling, particularly in the skilful modelling 
of his faces, but it is altogether on a much smaller 
and less important scale. 

93 






MEZZOTINTS 

William Faithorne was born in London in 
1656, and was the son of a painter and engraver of 
the same name. As far as is known, Faithorne 
the younger engraved only in mezzotint. He 
engraved several portraits of the English royal 
family from paintings by M. Dahl and D. K. 
Ehrenstrahl, and others of notable personages of 
his time after J. Closterman, A. Dickson, and Sir 
Godfrey Kneller. 

Faithorne's mezzotints vary much in quality. 
Most of them are small and of little value. Some 
of the larger full-length figures are pleasing enough, 
but the work throughout is of a weak and un- 
decided character. Most of Faithorne's prints are 
published by ' E. Cooper at ye 3 Pidgeons in Bed- 
ford Street'; others are issued by 'W. Faithorne 
neere the Kings Printing House in Blackfryars,' 
' Robt. Sayer at the Golden Buck in Fleet Street,' 
or 'W. Herbert at the Golden Globe on London 
Bridge.' 

R. Williams was of Welsh origin, and is 
supposed to have been a pupil of Theodore Frere's 
a Dutch artist. He engraved only in mezzotint 
and it is said that John Smith worked on severa! 
of Williams's unfinished plates and added his own 
name as engraver. Of course, as a rule, if a print 
is signed by an engraver, it is natural to believe that 
he actually has engraved the plate, but there is no 
doubt that in many cases it is not so. Nothing is 
easier than to erase an engraved name from a plate 
and add another instead of it. 

Williams's mezzotints date from about 1680 to 
the early years of the next century. He engraved 
numbers of plates after various artists, principally 

94 




^*v 






snif ( j 



W. FAITHORNE AND R. WILLIAMS 

W. Wissing, J. Closterman, Sir A. Vandyck, Sir P. 
Lely, and Sir G. Kneller, and his prints were pub- 
lished chiefly by himself, I. Smith, E. Cooper, or 
by Beckett's successor, 'J. Savage at the Golden 
Head in the Old Baily.' 

Several of Williams's portraits are brilliant, but 
this is often due to burin work, or it is even 
possible that much work in black has been done by 
nand on the prints. Williams has left a large 
number of prints which vary much in quality. 
Some of the portraits of men are excellent : one of 
a young man, ' John Bannister,' in which the face 
is admirably modelled, is particularly good. Like 
many of Williams's portraits, it is enclosed rn an 
oval within a rectangle. Another fine plate is a 
portrait of Charles n. wearing the robes and insignia 
)f the Order of the Garter. 

The scraping and burnishing which shows in 
the best of Williams's prints has been well and skil- 
fully done. In the inking there is yet something 
to be desired, and the blacks certainly have not the 
value they attained generally at a little later period. 
The darkest places were a great difficulty with most 
of the early mezzotinters, and this was doubtless 
due to the fact that they had not mastered the art of 
so laying the ground in such places that it would 
hold the necessary superabundance of ink. 

The drawing in Williams's plates is always good, 
and he was clever in producing greys ana whites. 
He published some of his prints himself ' against 
ye Koyall Bagnio in Long Acre.' Others were 
issued chiefly by 'T. Mi Hard at the Dial and 
3 Crowns in Fleet Street,' E. Cooper, D. Loggan, 
or J. Savage, Beckett's successor. 

95 



MEZZOTINTS 






The work of the Dutch painter William Wissing 
was largely engraved by many of our early mezzo- 
tinters, as well as by the Dutch engravers of his 
own time and the period immediately succeeding it. 
R. Williams was particularly fond of engraving 
Wissing's pictures, and among those he did after 
this master are .to be found his most successful 
efforts. 

Wissing worked for Sir Peter Lely about 1680, 
and after Lely's death came much into Court 
favour. He was a favourite painter of James n., 
and painted portraits of that king as well as many 
members of his family, almost rivalling Sir Godfrey 
Kneller at the time, although now he is by no 
means to be compared on equal terms with that 
great portrait-painter. 

Wissing was particularly successful with chil- 
dren's portraits. His own portrait was engraved 
by J. Smith. 

John Vandervaart was a native of Harlem, and 
came to England in 1674. He painted with Wyck 
and Wissing, and afterwards by himself. He has 
not left many mezzotints, but those that remain are 
of good quality. His prints were published by 
E. Cooper, T. Donbar, or R. Tompson, and on the 
second state of one of them, a portrait of Edward 
Wetenhall, after a painting of his own, are the 
words ' I. Beckett fecit,' so that there was probably 
some friendship or trade connection between the two. 
Vandervaart is said to have taught John Smith 
the art of mezzotinting. His engravings, all por- 
traits, are chiefly after Sir P. Lely, W. Wissing 
his best-known plate being a portrait of Charles n. ' 
after this master Sir G. Kneller, and himself; and 
96 



J. VANDERVAART 

Redgrave says that he ultimately became a picture 
repairer and dealer. 

Vandervaart's prints are scarce. Most of them 
are after Lely, and they faithfully represent their 
originals. The drawing is excellent, as might well 
be expected from one who was himself a painter. 
There is much rich value in the dark places, which 
appear to have been particularly and specially 
worked upon, and the modelling and grey tones are 
everywhere well managed ; but in most of the 
prints that I have been able to see, the inking 
leaves much to be desired. If the actual plates 
existed now, I think brilliant prints might perhaps 
be obtained from some of them, but as so often 
happens with the early mezzotinters, the proper ink 
hardly ever seems to have been found, or, if found, 
it has not been so skilfully used as it might have 
been. The word ' Ex./ ' Exc.,' ' Excudit,' or 
1 Excudebat ' may mean the inker and printer, but, 
as a rule, it means the publisher only. If it could 
be certainly shown that this word ever was used to 
denote the printer, it would go to prove that this 
most important person had received some acknow- 
ledgment of his own importance. A good printer 
can make a decent print from a bad plate, and a 
bad printer would inevitably make a bad print even 
from a perfect plate. 

Some of Vandervaart's pictures were engraved in 
mezzotint by Richard Lens, who also did some good 
work of the same kind after Wissing and Kneller. 
Most of Lens's engravings, however, are small 
classical subjects badly executed in every way, or 
else firework scenes, subjects particularly well suited 
to the powers of mezzotint as he knew it. 

G 97 



MEZZOTINTS 

John Smith was a pupil of Isaac Beckett, as 
well as of Jan Vandervaart. He was born about 
1655, and was the son of an engraver, so that he is 
likely at an early age to have mastered the prelimi- 
naries of the art. He engraved a very large number 
of mezzotints, many hundreds of which have been 
catalogued, and they are all now highly esteemed 
by collectors, as indeed they were at the time they 
were made. He is mentioned on his tomb at 
St. Peter's, Northampton, as ' the most eminent 
engraver in mezzotinto in his time.' He engraved 
portraits after several artists W. Wissing, J. 
Closterman, M. Dahl, T. Gibson, and others, but 
more particularly after Sir Godfrey Kneller, with 
whom he lived for a time, and who employed him 
regularly to engrave his work. Kneller, moreover, 
painted his portrait, which is now in the National 
Gallery. 

Not only did Smith excel in mezzotint por- 
traits, but he also engraved several important 
subject pieces after old masters, especially Titian, 
Correggio, Paolo Veronese, and Parmigiano. 

His earlier prints were published chiefly by 
E. Cooper, but about 1700 he set up for himself 
' at ye Lyon and Crown in Russell Street, Covent 
Garden,' and issued not only his own works, but 
also that of other engravers. His old coppers 
eventually became the property of Messrs. Boydell, 
at whose sale they were sold in 1818. 

Smith is said to have defaced his plates after a ; 
certain number of good impressions had been made 
from them ; but this could hardly have been neces- 
sary, as, unless a worn mezzotint is freely re- 
touched a process which is usually easy to detect 
98 



JOHN SMITH 

it makes such a bad print that it carries its own 
condemnation with it. 

His last dated print is a portrait of George 11., 
1 1727,' but he lived some time after this, and is 
supposed to have made a considerable fortune, well 
deserved, by his art. 

John Smith's work is very voluminous. He 
engraved two classes of subjects more particularly, 
portraits and studies after old masters. The series 
of portraits is a large one, and comprises portraits 
of most of the more important personages of the 
time from the King and Queen downwards. These 
are mostly after Sir Godfrey Kneller, and they are 
all fine specimens of mezzotint engraving. 

Smith's drawing is always excellent, and the 
modelling of the faces and hands is particularly 
good. The technique is always of the highest 
order. The scraped and burnished work is learnedly 
graduated and utilised, and the treatment and 
effect produced by the rich blacks is admirable, 
even if the grounds may perhaps be a thought 
too fine in some cases. John Smith not only 
thoroughly understood the capabilities of mezzotint 
engraving, but he also had a fine instinct for the 
subjects and pictures which would most truly in- 
spire him. Among the numerous prints of his 
which still exist it is difficult to find one which can 
be found fault with. It is supposed that in many 
cases he worked on plates begun by other artists, 
and then added his own name as actual engraver. 
This may be, and it can only be said that he must 
have taken very good plates to start with, and that 
then he so learnedly touched them up that they 
made prints good enough to sustain his own high 

99 



MEZZOTINTS 






reputation. But such a proceeding is a dangerous 
one, to say the least of it. He is supposed par- 
ticularly to have treated engravings by Beckett, 
Lens, and Williams in this manner. 

Smith valued early impressions, and probably 
studied the inking of mezzotinted plates very care- 
fully, as in this particular his prints are in every 
way remarkably well produced. The blacks have 
more value in Smith's prints than they have in the 
work of any of his contemporaries or predecessor 
with the one exception of Blooteling. 

Among the many fine portraits engraved 
Smith it is difficult and almost invidious to select 
any for particular merit, but, as far as I have been 
able to decide among the portraits of men, I think 
that of William Wycherley, the dramatist, is among 
the most beautiful, and there is also a splendid 
head of Sir Godfrey Kneller. Other very fine 
heads of the Marquis of Annandale and James, 
Earl of Seafield, are curiously enclosed in engraved 
oval borders with heraldic ornamentation. There 
is a very fine head of Charles i., after Vandyck, 
giving an appearance of power more than is usual 
in portraits of this king. 

Among the portraits of ladies, there is a charm- 
ing Madam D'Avenant, a delightful half-length of 
Mrs. Arabella Hunt playing a lute, and a beautiful 
picture of the Countess of Ranelagh, all after Sir 
Godfrey Kneller. 

There are several portrait groups after various 
artists W. Wissing, Sir G. Kneller, N. de Lar- 
guilliere, and J. Vandervaart, which vary in merit 
themselves, but in all of which Smith's work shows 
as beautiful and masterly. 
100 




(MM 



JOHN SMITH 

Smith did not confine his energies to portraiture 
alone, as he engraved numbers of mezzotints after 
various old masters with singular success. Among 
these are some beautiful ' Holy Families,' after 
Maratti or Schidone ; ' Venuses,' after Correggio or 
Jordanus ; ' Magdalens,' after Titian, Loir, and 
others, and several small classical subjects after 
Lemens. The most important of these miscellaneous 
engravings are the very fine series of nine plates 
after Titian, illustrating the Loves of the Gods, the 
original paintings of which are now at Blenheim. 
These subjects h#ve given Smith a splendid field 
for the display of his great skill in modelling the 
human figure, and in every case he has succeeded 
to perfection. It is doubtful if the value of the 
scraper for modelling nude figures in mezzotint 
work has ever been more successfully appreciated 
than in these groups. Smith also engraved a very 
fine plate after a hunting-scene by Wyck, indeed 
whatever subject he took in hand he seems to have 
been able to render feelingly, and with an almost 
perfect knowledge of his medium. 

Among the fine collection of Smith's work at 
the British Museum are several instances where 
trial proofs have been corrected in water-colours, 
and side by side are the plates retouched with the 
corrections carried out. These corrections are 
almost invariably in white, towards the effect of 
greater light, and the trial proofs are always over- 
inked. An examination of these curious specimens is 
of great value to any one interested in the technical 
methods of engraving, and they also show very 
clearly how great the power of alteration is. In 
some cases whole pieces of drapery are bodily 

101 



MEZZOTINTS 

added or removed. They also prove that the 
greatest care was taken to get the exactly correct 
tint of the smallest parts of the engraving, as for 
every trial proof now existing the probability is 
that very many have been lost or destroyed after 
the corrections marked upon them had been carried 
out. It is unfortunate that working proofs are 
seldom preserved, except in the unlikely event of 
such prints being made and kept for the express 
purpose of illustrating particular points for the 
instruction of students, or in the rare cases where 
an engraver has preserved his trial proofs so as 
to keep a complete collection of his work at all 
stages. Whenever from any cause working proofs 
have escaped destruction, they are always most 
instructive, especially when they can be compared 
with the finished prints. 

Sir Godfrey Kneller was born at Liibeck in 
1646, and originally intended for a military career, 
but preferred painting, and was sent as pupil to 
an artist at Amsterdam, where he probably had the 
advantage of some instruction from Rembrandt in, 
or about 1668. 

In 1675 Kneller came to England, where his 
portraits soon attracted attention, and it is said that 
on one occasion, the king being about to sit for his 
portrait to Sir Peter Lely, Kneller obtained per- 
mission to draw him at the same time. Kneller, 
who was an extremely rapid worker, made an 
excellent portrait of Charles before Lely had made 
much progress, and this brought the younger artist 
into such quick repute that he was at once over- 
whelmed with commissions. James u. continued 
his patronage of Kneller after Charles's death, and 
1 02 




s / f 

r' S 



SIR GODFREY KNELLER 

commissioned him to paint many royal portraits, 
and he was knighted by William in. in 1691. 

Kneller retained his Court position under Anne, 
whose portrait he painted several times, and he 
also enjoyed the high esteem of George i., who 
made him a baronet in 1715. He amassed a large 
fortune and invested much of his capital in landed 
property. 

Kneller was the most favoured of all portrait- 
painters with regard to royal patronage. He 
painted the portraits of ten reigning sovereigns, 
and employed a large number of skilled assistants 
to paint the less important parts and accessories of 
his pictures. He could not have found time to do 
it all himself. He always arranged his pictures 
carefully down to the smallest detail, and probably 
went over most of them everywhere with finishing 
touches, always painting the faces and hands him- 
self. He was one of the vainest men that ever 
lived, and designed his own monument for West- 
minster Abbey, where it now is. 

It is probable that Kneller should be considered 
as an artist who, under other circumstances, might 
have become one of the most successful of mezzo- 
tint engravers. There is a remarkably fine portrait 
of John, Earl of Tweeddale, signed twice ' G. 
Kneller,' once as the artist and once as the 
engraver. Kneller was a friend of John Smith, 
and it is likely enough that he engraved this plate 
under Smith's direction, and it is an altogether 
remarkable and fine piece of work. Compared 
with Smith's own beautiful engravings it would 
rank as one of his very best: the ground is in 
places of great fineness, and is managed most 

103 



MEZZOTINTS 

skilfully, and the modelling of the face itself is 
powerful and masterly. The print is usually in- 
cluded among Smith's work indeed it is so 
catalogued by J. Chaloner Smith but it appears 
to me that there are decided reasons for attributing 
it to some other artist, moreover to one who was 
remarkably proficient. 

Laborde mentions this plate as having been 
engraved by Kneller, and there is yet another, a 
portrait of himself, which he is supposed to have 
engraved, but this one is not noticed by Laborde. 
The date 1690 is assigned to the portrait of Lord 
Tweeddale. 

The early mezzotint engravers, Blooteling, 
Sherwin, and Van Somer, all highly valued Knel- 
ler's work, and engraved several plates from his 
pictures, and so did the later mezzotinters, especially 
Faber, jun. 

Faithorne, Williams, and Smith all engraved 
important works after John Closterman, a native 
of Osnaburg, in Hanover, born about the middle of 
the seventeenth century. 

Closterman worked at first in Paris under Jean 
de Troy, and then came to England and worked 
with John Riley. After travelling in Spain and 
Italy and painting there, he returned and settled 
in England. He painted a portrait of Queen 
Anne in coronation robes, and an important group 
of the Marlborough Family. 

Michael Dahl was another foreign artist much 
favoured by mezzotinters. His work was engraved 
by Faithorne, John Smith, and R. Williams, 
among the earlier engravers, and afterwards largely 
by Faber, jun., and Simon. Dahl was a native 
104 



CLOSTERMAN ANDJ. VERKOLJE 

of Stockholm, and settled in London in 1688, 
and painted several portraits of the royal family 
and aristocracy of England. He was considered 
excellent so far as the actual portraiture of his 
sitters was concerned, but beyond that his work 
is mediocre. 

John Verkolje, a native of Amsterdam, is 
mentioned by Walpole as being one of the un- 
named engravers in mezzotint who worked for 
Alexander Browne. Although he worked mainly in 
Holland, there are a few prints left by him after 
Sir P. Lely, W. Wissing, C. Visscher, and Sir 
G. Kneller, that appear to have been executed in 
England, and Verkolje consequently finds a place 
in J. Chaloner Smith's catalogue. Abroad he 
engraved several excellent subject pieces, and his 
son Nicolas followed his footsteps so far as mezzo- 
tints are concerned, and engraved many plates in 
this manner abroad. 

Verkolje published several of his own prints, 
many of which are after his own paintings animals 
and classical subjects. His mezzotinting is gene- 
rally of a fairly good kind, and although as a rule 
the prints are weak, in some cases where the inking 
has been better done, they are almost brilliant. 
Although most of the prints of all kinds of subjects 
are executed in pure mezzotint, there are instances 
where small accessory work has been engraved 
with the burin. 

The portraits are mostly small, sometimes in 
ovals. Among them is a good but weak por- 
trait of Mary of Modena, after C. Visscher, and 
a better engraved head of James n. Of the 
portraits of ladies, that of the Duchess of Grafton, 

105 



MEZZOTINTS 

after W. Wissing, is altogether the most satis- 
factory. 

The classical pieces are often carelessly drawn, 
and they are not pleasing, neither are they well 
engraved. Perhaps the best work that Verkolje 
did is to be found among the small animal studies 
from his own drawings or paintings. 

Richard Tompson, who was one of the pub- 
lishers of Alexander Browne's Ars Pictoria, like 
Browne himself published several prints, but it is 
doubtful also whether he engraved any of them. 
Some of them only bear the words ' R. Tompson 
excudit! Others have the names of their engravers 
given in full. 

J. Chaloner Smith thinks that some of Tomj 
son's prints were engraved by Van Somer, Van- 
dervaart, Valck, and Verkolje, among others, anc 
it is also considered that Tompson may have 
worked upon them all in order to make the style 
more alike. 

It seems possible that Tompson's series of 
prints preceded that of Alexander Browne, as in 
the case of several portraits engraved by him after 
Lely, the prefix ' Sir ' does not exist. Lely was 
knighted in 1679, so Tompson's engravings, except 
that of William, Earl of Derby, after Lely, were 
probably made before that date. On the other 
hand, only two of Browne's prints, after Lely, 
appear to have been made before this date, as the 
title exists on all the others. 

Tompson prints may all be considered to have 
been produced between 1675 and 1679. 

Pearce Tempest is supposed to have been an 
engraver and a pupil of Wenceslaus Hollar. He 
106 



R. TOMPSON AND P. TEMPEST 

published line engravings as well as mezzotints. 
Like Tompson, he is supposed to have engraved 
some of his published mezzotints himself; others 
were probably done by Place. There are not many 
mezzotints left bearing the words ' P. Tempest Ex.,' 
and those that do exist vary much in quality and 
style. They are after Sir A. Vandyck, Sheppard, 
and others. 



107 



CHAPTER III 

The mezzotint engravers of the eighteenth century : the 
Fabers, P. Pelham, T. Frye, J. MacArdell, R. Houston, 
R. Earlom, Valentine Green, E. Fisher, W. Dickinson, 
J. Watson, J. Spilsbury, R. Dunkarton, John Dean, J. R. 
Smith, J. Murphy, and C. Turner. 

THE earlier half of the eighteenth century is 
chiefly notable, from the mezzotint point of 
view, for the remarkable work of J. Faber, 
jun., who was the most prolific of any of our 
English engravers. His plates are all valuable 
records, and four hundred and nineteen of his 
portraits alone are catalogued by J. Chaloner Smith, 
and, besides these, he also engraved several subject 
pieces. The rise of James MacArdell and Richard 
Houston, two fellow-students whose work in mezzo- 
tint ranks with the finest ever done, also took place 
in the period under notice. 

Besides these notable engravers there were also 
a considerable number of minor men whose work, 
as a rule, is inferior in every way, although now 
and then a decent print is found. Most of these 
lesser engravers only produced a small number of 
works indeed they probably took up the art of 
mezzotint engraving because it was easy and to 
some extent popular and many of the portraits they 
engraved have an esoteric value apart from their 
108 



EIGHTEENTH CENTURY ENGRAVERS 

own merit as prints, as in many instances they are 
the only representations left of the originals. 

Professional engravers of mezzotints have been 
with us ever since the end of the seventeenth 
century, and during the eighteenth century they 
flourished in considerable numbers, indeed they 
presently become so numerous, and so good, that 
to do them full descriptive justice would involve a 
very long study and a very long book. 

The interesting series of large heads engraved 
by Thomas Frye were done during the first 
half of the eighteenth century, and although they 
are not very good, they will always be much 
thought of, as, when a complete set can be 
brought together, it forms a very decorative series 
for framing. 

A few Dutch mezzotinters still remained at 
work in England Van Bleeck, Van Haecken, and 
others as if just to remind us that the art was in 
its beginning largely fostered in the Netherlands, 
and their work is indeed often much stronger and 
better than the ordinary contemporary English 
work. 

The latter half of the eighteenth century was 
remarkable especially for the number of English 
mezzotint engravers who devoted themselves to 
portraiture with such success that, aided by the 
genius of a few of our own painters in this direction, 
they have succeeded not only in excelling all en- 
gravers of other countries in this particular walk of 
art, but they have established a school of engraved 
portraiture that already bids fair to become actually 
the most highly valued of any kind by collectors 
as well as by connoisseurs. The appreciation of 

109 



MEZZOTINTS 

the finest English mezzotints is increasing every 

day. 

The names of the great English artists who have 

inspired the mezzotint engravers of the eighteenth 

century are so well known that they are indeed 

household words, but the humble engraver may 

yet become even a more important person than the 

artist, for his prints in ink are more lasting than 

the oils in which the original pictures are painted. 

Sir Joshua Reynolds is the first of all English 

portrait-painters, and it is due to the transcendent 

merit of his work that we find the finest and most 

successful mezzotints are made from it. But very 

beautiful work has been also done after J. Hopp- 

ner, R.A., Sir T. Lawrence, P.R.A., G. Romney, and 

T. Gainsborough, R.A., particularly, all artists who 

loved to paint beautiful women ; while for subject 

originals we are mainly indebted, among our native 

artists, to G. Morland, W. Hogarth, or Benjamin 

West, P.R.A. Among the mezzotint engravers of 

the first rank of this century, who not only did 

splendid work but also devoted themselves mainly 

to it and produced a large quantity of work, the 

names of Richard Earlom, John Dean, Valentine 

Green, J. Walker, Jonathan Spilsbury, J. R. Smith, 

W. Dickinson, C. Turner, and William Say should 

be held in especial honour. 

It is remarkable how many of our great engravers 
have been natives of Ireland. E. Luttrell, Thomas 
Beard, Thomas Frye, William Baillie, James Mac- 
Ardell, one of our very first engravers; Richard 
Houston, another engraver of high rank, who was 
unfortunately handicapped by intemperance ; John 
Murphy, an engraver who would have ranked among 
no 



METHODS OF WORK 

the very best if he had only done a little more work ; 
John Brooks, Edward Fisher, Charles Spooner, J. 
Dixon, and Richard Purcell were all natives of the 
Emerald Isle, and a noble company they make. 

As to the technique of mezzotinting during the 
eighteenth century, I find that there is a wide- 
spread tendency to use the rocker or roulette as an 
accessory only. Numbers of great engravers have 
habitually etched their plates strongly before touch- 
ing them with the roughening tool. This has been 
done chiefly in the case of large subject pieces, 
such, for instance, as those after Zoffany, Hogarth, 
Morland, or West, but it also helps many of the 
portraits. The meaning of this, no doubt, is that 
the various engravers found the process of mezzo- 
tinting by itself was inefficient to render fine 
definite lines, such as are necessary for the proper 
representation of a picture with several small figures 
in it. To produce such lines by mezzotint alone 
is so troublesome that it becomes practically pro- 
hibitive ; at the same time, it is only fair to say that 
it is possible, so that when etching is habitually 
resorted to it is some proof of either want of skill 
or want of time. Prints of this kind are, never- 
theless, classed as mezzotints, but, in describing 
them, I think that the existence of the etched work 
should always be noted. At a much later date en- 
gravings of this kind, with possibly some engraved 
work as well, are properly described as being in 
' mixed manner,' and they are often very effective. 
Turner's Liber Studiomm is a good example of 
etching used with supplementary mezzotint or 
roulette work, and so are the large subject pieces 
after Zoffany, West, and Hogarth, engraved by 

in 



MEZZOTINTS 

Richard Earlom, as well as many of the larger 
pieces by William Say, Samuel Cousins, and the 
later engravers generally. 

William Say did what many mezzotint engravers 
might easily have done for the great benefit of 
posterity : he kept prints of every plate he engraved 
in its various stages and states. A most valuable 
collection of these odds and ends of proofs was 
presented to the British Museum by his son, J. K. 
Say, and among these are several prints of the first 
mezzotint engraved on steel. This curious experi- 
ment is dated 1820; it is pure mezzotint, a small 
portrait of Queen Charlotte, hard and unsatis- 
factory, but of the greatest interest as being the 
prototype of all the subsequent work on steel, as 
well as incidentally of the copper plate covered 
with a steel coating. 

John Simon, a native of Normandy, was a line 
engraver by profession. He came to England, as 
a refugee, about the beginning of the eighteenth 
century. Here he devoted himself to mezzotint 
engraving, in the process of which he is said to 
have made some new departures. One of the 
peculiarities observable in the grounding of his 
mezzotints is the existence of short lines crossing 
each other at right angles. The effect of this 
peculiar laying of the ground, which was probably 
only done quite at the beginning, is never good. 
For the rest, Simon's grounds are coarse, but 
altogether his prints are strong and good. They 
look best at such a distance as will merge the 
right-angled lines into each other. 

On Kneller's disagreement with John Smitl 
Simon, to some extent, became his engraver, ii 

112 






SIMON AND JOHN FABER 

spite of which supersession Smith afterwards pub- 
lished some of Simon's prints. 

Simon engraved portraits after Sir G. Kneller, 
M. Dahl, T. Gibson, and P. Mercier particularly, 
and subject pieces of much power after Maratti, 
Peligrim, and Toorn Vliet. His prints were pub- 
lished by himself ' against Cross Lane Long Acre,' 
from ' the Golden Eagle in Villiers Street York 
Buildings,' ' New Street Covent Garden,' or ' at 
ye Seven Stars in King Street Covent Garden.' 
Others were published by ' Phil. Overton at the 
Golden Buck in Fleet Street London,' ' I. Tonson 
in the Strand,' I. Smith, John Bowles, and E. 
Cooper. 

John Faber was a native of Holland, and began 
lis art career in that country, where he particularly 
>ractised drawing portraits on vellum and painting 
n miniature, both of which studies are admirable 
raining for mezzotint engraving. He came to 
England late in the seventeenth century, and in 
1707 had established himself as a mezzotint en- 
graver 'att ye Golden Eagle near ye Fountain 
Tavern, Strand.' 

Faber's earlier work is small and cramped in 
style ; his later work is better, but never of much 
merit. His prints are scarce. If his son had not 
>ecome one of our very important mezzotint en- 
pavers, the elder Faber's niche in the temple of 
ame would be a very small one. 

In one particular, however, Faber's work is 
worthy of much consideration : it is that almost 
all his mezzotints are done after his own studies. 
As a rule, mezzotint engravers have engraved after 
he work of other artists, always imbuing it, how- 
H 113 



MEZZOTINTS 

ever, with more or less of their own individualities, 
and all the finest work is certainly of this kind. 
The qualities required to produce a great engraver 
are different from those required to produce a great 
artist, and they are very rarely combined in the 
same individual. It is certain that whenever a 
mezzotint engraver has worked after his own paint- 
ings, the result is never as good as when he has 
worked after the work of another artist. 

The most important of Faber's work, which is 
often arranged in sets, is a series of portraits of the 
Founders of the Colleges of Oxford and Cambridge, 
besides which there is a set of the twelve Caesars, 
one of twelve heads of the Philosophers after 
Rubens, and twenty-one portraits of the Reformers. 
These last, all very ugly, were afterwards re-touched, 
re-lettered, as being engraved by R. Houston, and 
published in Richard Rolt's Lives of the Reformers 
in 1759. It is likely enough that they are good 
portraits, but the mezzotinting is of very poor 
quality. 

Faber published some of his prints 'att ye 2 
Golden Balls near the Savoy in the Strand,' ' Near 
the Savoy in the Strand a Picture Shop,' or 'at 
the Picture shop near Essex Street ' ; but most of 
them were issued by other publishers, particularly 
' Tim. Jordan & Tho. Bakewell at ye Golden Lion 
in Fleet Street.' 

George White was the son of a line engraver, 
and was himself a portrait-painter, engraver, and 
etcher. About 1714 he took to mezzotint, and pro- 
duced a considerable amount of work done in this 
manner. His work is remarkable for the fact that 
he was the first engraver who studied carefully 
114 



GEORGE WHITE 

the possibilities of combining etched work with 
mezzotinting. White has left prints showing his 
experiments in this direction, and his principle 
was to etch or engrave his subject until it 
approached completion, and then to add tones all 
over by means of the rocker or roulette. I do not 
think he used a scraper at all, except, perhaps, to 
erase mistakes. 

White's mezzotints are all portraits, either after 
his own work or that of Sir G. Kneller, Bart., 
J. Woolaston, T. Gibson, J. Richardson, R. Murray, 
M. Dahl, or J. Vanderbank, and they were pub- 
lished chiefly by ' S. Sympson in ye Strand near 
Catherine Street.' They are all very strong and 
effective ; the definite work underlying the mezzo- 
tinting gives it a force and definition which at a 
distance is pleasing enough, but if looked at 
closely the result is hard and uncomfortable. The 
moment such a plate loses its soft film of mezzo- 
tint, the prints made from it are distinctly ugly, 
as the strong lines underneath show in undue 
strength. 

The quality of the mezzotinting used by White 
is fine and soft in appearance, almost too soft, but 
still effective. Only early prints, or proofs from 
his plates, should be studied. White's mezzotints 
altogether are good, and his knowledge of the other 
processes seems to have assisted him materially in 
acquiring his mastery over this one. He preferred 
to engrave portraits of men. 

Many of White's portraits are after Thomas 
Gibson, whose work was also engraved to a lesser 
extent by Bockman, Faber junior, John Smith, 
Simon, and others. Gibson was an admirable 

"5 



MEZZOTINTS 

draughtsman, and is said to have assisted Sir 
James Thornhill with many of his drawings. His 
portraits are all very pleasing, and his professional 
charges were considered to be much too low, so 
much so that, because of it, he incurred the censure 
and disapprobation of most of the other artists of 
his time. 

In 1730 Gibson disposed of the pictures then in 
his possession and retired to Oxford, returning 
eventually to London, where he died in 1751. 

John Faber junior worked at first with his 
father, on whose death he added the suffix 'junior' 
to his signature. He was the most prolific of any 
mezzotint engraver of his period, and was brought 
to London by his father late in the seventeenth 
century, and studied here in Vanderbank's 
Academy. Faber may have acquired some of his 
knowledge of mezzotint from John Smith, and, 
like him, worked only in this manner of engraving. 
On the second state of a portrait of Thomas, Duke 
of Newcastle, after Kneller, the imprint reads 
' Sold by I. Smith at ye Lyon & Crown in Russell 
Street Covent Garden,' proving at least that the 
two engravers were on friendly terms. 

Faber's work illustrates an important school of 
English portraiture which has been overshadowed 
by a later school, and which consequently has never 
received the meed of admiration and study which 
it deserves. Between the time of Kneller and 
Reynolds there were several painters of great merit 
whose works are little known. Among these were 
P. Mercier, T. Hudson, H. Hysing, A. Ramsay, 
J. Highmore, C. Philips, B. Dandridge, R. Murray, 
I. Whood, T. Gibson, and J. H. Mortimer, A.R.A., 
116 



JOHN FABER JUNIOR 

all of whom, with many others, have been admirably 
engraved by Faber. 

The particular work by which Faber has 
especially immortalised himself are the forty-seven 
mezzotints after Kneller's portrait of the Kit-Cat 
Club, published in 1723 by Jacob Tonson, and 
twice republished since. 

The portraits themselves are now kept at 
Bayfordbury, in Herts, the owner of which is a 
descendant of Jacob Tonson, who was secretary to 
the club about 1700. The members of the club used 
to meet at an eating-house near Temple Bar, called 
1 The Cat and the Fiddle,' kept by Christopher, or 
Kit, Cat. The club was probably of political origin, 
but it soon lost this character and became purely 
social. It was probably started by Tonson at his 
house at Barn Elms. He was a publisher, and his 
portrait is included among the ' Kit-Cat ' series. 
Sir Godfrey Kneller, a member of the club, was 
induced by Tonson to paint all their portraits, but 
the ceiling of the meeting-room at his house at 
Barn Elms was very low, and would not admit of 
full-length pictures, so they were all made thirty-six 
by twenty-eight inches, a size which has been very 
largely used ever since, and is known as a 'Kit-Cat.' 
The work of John Faber junior is disappointing. 
There is plenty of it, and the impression given by 
most of his mezzotints is that the work has been 
done as quickly as possible all means have been 
taken to produce the maximum of effect in a 
short time. Mezzotints lend themselves readily to 
such treatment, but it is at the expense of the 
soft, beautiful modelling which is, for instance, so 
apparent in the best work of John Smith, and is 

117 



MEZZOTINTS 

necessarily slow of execution. There is much hard- 
ness in nearly all of Faber junior's work, and the 
inking is rarely good. Here again is much evidence 
of haste. With regard to the Kit-Cat portraits, 
which are not by any means in Kneller's best style, 
something may be said in favour of the engraver, 
because he has had to follow, in many instances, 
unlovely originals ; but the same excuse can hardly 
be made in the case of the Hampton Court Beauties 
after the same painter. 

Faber's work improved somewhat in his later 
engravings, but I think that it is noteworthy all 
along rather for its quantity than its quality, and 
for the fact that it represents so many artists. 

Faber engraved several of his plates in full-length 
at first, and then cut them down to three-quarters. 
There are instances of this among the Hampton 
Court Beauties, and also in the fine - portrait of 
Mrs. Muilman, the author of An Apology for the 
Conduct of Mrs. T. C. Phillies, published in 1748. 
Her portrait was painted by Joseph Highmore, 
whose work was most largely engraved by Faber 
junior, but who was also represented by J. Smith, 
and later by J. MacArdell. Highmore painted 
several fine portraits of royal and other person- 
ages, as well as subject pieces, but is perhaps 
best known for his illustrations for Richardson's 
Pamela, published in 1745. 

Faber published most of his prints himself ' at 
ye Golden Head in Bloomsbury Square,' or ' at the 
Green Door in Craven Buildings Drury Lane.' 
Others were published chiefly by ' Thos. Bowles 
next ye Chapter House in St. Paul's Churc 
Yard,' ' I no. Bowles & Son, at the Black Horse i 
118 



THOMAS HUDSON AND F. KYTE 

Cornhill,' ' Robt. Sayer at the Golden Buck in 
Fleet St.,' or 'Thos. Bakewell next the Horn 
Tavern in Fleet St.' 

Faber junior engraved mezzotints largely after 
Thomas Hudson, a native of Devonshire, who was 
born in 1701. His portraits are excellent, but 
curiously enough he could only paint faces, so left 
the rest of his pictures to be done by assistants, 
probably the best of whom was Joseph van Haecken, 
who was largely employed by several artists in this 
way. Hudson lived in Great Queen Street, Lin- 
coln's Inn Fields, and was for some time the 
leading English portrait-painter. Reynolds was 
apprenticed to him for a short time. He was a 
pupil of Jonathan Richardson, the portrait-painter, 
whose daughter he married, at last retiring to 
Twickenham, where he built himself a house, and 
died in 1779. 

Hudson's works were much engraved in mezzo- 
tint, particularly by MacArdell, Houston, Fisher, 
and Ford. He was a collector of works of art, and 
purchased several at the sale of his father-in-law's 
works, and had the reputation of being an excellent 
judge of prints. 

Francis Kyte is supposed to have engraved his 
set of small portraits of the ' Worthies of Britain ' 
in conjunction with Faber. They are small ovals, 
four on each plate, after Kvte's own drawings. The 
majority of Kyte's mezzotints are after portraits by 
Sir G. Kneller. He was a skilful line engraver as 
well as a mezzotinter, and in 1725 he engraved 
a forgery of a bank note, for which exploit he 
was pilloried. After this date he often used the 
latinised form of his name, ' Milvus,' on his prints. 

119 



MEZZOTINTS 

Most of Kyte's prints were published by E. 
Cooper. Others bear the imprint of 'J. Bowles 
over against Stock's market & at Mercers Hall 
in Cheapside,' or 'Thos. Bakewell next ye Horn 
Tavern in Fleet Street.' His prints are uncom- 
mon, weak, and altogether feeble. 

Peter Pelham has already had the advantage 
of possessing a biographer, in the person of W. 
H. Whitmore the American genealogist, who 
wrote an account of him in the Proceedings of 
the Massachusetts Historical Society for 1866, and 
reprinted it in enlarged book-form in 1867. The 
fact that Pelham was the first European artist to 
settle in America is of great interest, the artist 
generally credited with this priority being John 
Smibert. Pelham, however, published a print of 
the Rev. Cotton Mather in 1727, whereas Smibert 
did not go to America until 1728. 

The earliest date on any of Pelham's prints is 
1720, which occurs on a portrait of Mrs. Centlivre, 
and was published by the engraver ' against Cross 
Lane in Long Acre,' the earliest dated print pub- 
lished in America being that mentioned above of 
the Rev. Cotton Mather, ' 1727,' taken from a 
painting by Pelham himself made at Boston. 

Pelham was connected by marriage with the 
family of Copley, as he married in 1748 a wido\ 
lady, Mrs. Mary Copley, who by her first marriage 
was the mother of John Singleton Copley, R.A. 
One of Pelham's sons became an engraver ii 
stipple and aquatint, but neither this one nor his 
brother ever seems to have attempted mezzotint. 

It seems probable that J. S. Copley receivec 
some artistic training while he lived with his 
1 20 






PETER PELHAM AND JOHN SMIBERT 

stepfather, and he certainly engraved one plate 
in mezzotint, a portrait, after one of his own 
paintings, of the Rev. William Welsteed of 
Boston. This print is dated 1753. 

Before Pelham quite settled as an engraver he 
appears to have kept a school at Boston from 
1734 to 1748, and while thus engaged he published 
some mezzotints which brought his name into 
repute, and enabled him eventually to give up 
his educational career, and devote himself to art 
alone. 

Besides his own work and that of Smibert, 
Pelham engraved chiefly after Sir G. Kneller, 
Fermin, and H. Hysing. His prints were mostly 
published by himself 'against Cross Lane in Long 
Acre* or in Boston, and also by ' J. Buck at ye 
Spectacles in Queen Street Boston,' or here by 
E. Cooper, J. Bowles, or J. Smith. Pelham's 
prints are rare in England, but they can be found 
not uncommonly in America. They are strongly 
and effectively engraved and admirably drawn, 
and have a few engraved lines in certain places 
where sharp definition is required. 

John Smibert, who was doubtless of Dutch 
extraction, was born at Edinburgh in 1684, and 
began his career as a house-painter, eventually 
coming to London and working as a coach-painter, 
and in time as a copyist of old pictures. He was 
undoubtedly a born artist, and struggled hard to 
get a chance of doing better work than that which 
naturally came to him. He was fortunately able 
to get to Italy in 1717, where he copied old pictures 
and painted portraits, and returning to England 
after a few years he found himself sought after 

121 



MEZZOTINTS 

as a portrait-painter, and succeeded very well in 
that line. 

Among his friends at this time was George 
Berkeley, Dean of Deny, afterwards Bishop of 
Cloyne, who went to America on a missionary 
enterprise in 1728, accompanied by Smibert, who, 
on the Bishop's return to England in 1731 decided 
to remain behind, and settled himself at Boston 
as an artist. He is generally considered as the 
first painter who went from Europe to America, 
but as we have just seen, he was preceded by 
Peter Pelham, who was doubtless a friend of his, 
as he engraved at least five mezzotints after his 
pictures. It may be said that although Pelham 
actually painted portraits in America at an earlier 
date than Smibert, he was primarily an engraver, 
while Smibert was a painter only, and from this 
standpoint his position as the earliest painter 
to go from this country to America remains un- 
challenged. 

G. Bockman was a native of Amsterdam who 
came to England early in the eighteenth century 
and practised here as a portrait-painter and mezzo- 
tint engraver. One of his most important prints 
is a figure of St. Dunstan in a mitre, with crozier 
and tongs, after one of his own pictures. The 
rest of his work, which is always weak, careless, 
and commonplace, consists of portraits chiefly after 
T. Gibson, Sir A. Vandyck, J. B. Vanloo, J. 
Worsdale, and M. Dahl. His engravings are for- 
tunately scarce. 

Peter van Bleeck is said to have come to 
England in 1723. He engraved mezzotints after 
his own pictures. His prints are mostly portraits 
122 






VAN BLEECK AND VAN HAECKEN 

after Sir A. Vandyck or Sir P. Lely, besides 
himself, and they are generally issued without a 
publisher's name. He also engraved some subject 
pieces. 

Van Bleeck's work is often very clever ; his 
grounds are admirably laid with a fine delicate grain, 
and his management of both the scraper and the 
burnisher is excellent. He was the best of the 
Dutch mezzotint engravers of his period, and his 
work has the rare merit of being pure mezzotint 
unassisted by any extraneous process. 

Redgrave says that Thomas Beard was a native 
of Ireland, but this seems to be uncertain. All 
that is known is that he published the first mezzo- 
tints issued in that country. It seems likely that 
he began and ended his work in London during 
the early part of the eighteenth century, but in 
the meantime worked in Ireland. His mezzo- 
tints are all portraits, and are after M. Ashton, 
Sir G. Kneller, M. Dahl, and T. Carlton. They 
comprise two or three Irish prelates and officials. 

Beard's work is clever in the use of the scraper, 
but in most cases the inking and printing of his 
plates are very inferior. The grain he uses is coarse 
and unsympathetic. 

Alexander van Haecken came to England 
from the Netherlands about 1720, and engraved 
several mezzotints in London. These are mostly 
after Sir G. Kneller, J. Richardson, C. Lucy, 
A. Ramsay, T. Hudson, and I. Whood, and were 
published by himself 'at the Golden Head in 
Little Russel Street the north side of St. George's 
Church Bloomsbury/ by ' T. Jefferys in the 
Strand,' ' John Bowles & Son, at ye Black 

123 



MEZZOTINTS 

Horse in Cornhill,' and without a publisher's 
name. 

His work is sometimes strong and effective 
and shows skilful use of the scraper, but it is not 
in any way above the usual level of small pro- 
fessional work. 

Thomas Frye was a remarkable man, and 
many-sided as an artist. Not only did he paint 
several portraits in oil of great personages of his 
time among them one of Frederick, Prince of 
Wales but he was also a miniaturist of note, a 
mezzotint engraver, and a worker and inventor of 
methods of making china. He set up a manu- 
factory of china at Bow, with clay brought from 
South Carolina, and called it ' New Canton,' but 
injured his health by too close attention to his 
furnaces. As a mezzotinter Frye is best known 
for a remarkable series of large portrait heads 
engraved by him after his own drawings. The 
subjects of these heads are mostly known, but 
several are still unidentified. A complete set of the 
eighteen plates is very rare, but the late Lady 
Charlotte Schreiber had one and kept them arranged 
along the staircase walls of her house. 

Frye was born near Dublin in 1710, and Pether 
the engraver was one of his pupils. He was a 
friend of Sir Joshua Reynolds, and until he started 
his china factory about 1 744 he engraved much ii 
mezzotint, taking it up again on the failure of the 
china business, about 1759. From Frye's china 
factory the larger works at Chelsea and Worcester 
are supposed to have originated. 

Most of the large heads engraved by Frye have 
much flatness about them. The scale is too large, 
124 



THOMAS FRYE 

but they are nevertheless very interesting speci- 
mens of the application of mezzotint work to large 
portraiture. It is only natural to compare them 
with Blooteling's large portraits, but to do so is 
very disastrous to the later engraver. The men's 
heads are perhaps better done, as a rule, than those 
of women, partly because there is more ruggedness 
about them ; but nevertheless the most pleasing 
and the best altogether is the portrait of Charlotte 
Sophia, Queen of George in. This shows a 
charming head of a young woman in evening dress 
and much jewellery, likely enough to be taken 
from life at the theatre, as is reputed. It is dated 
May 24, 1762, and must therefore have been pub- 
lished after Frye's death, as he died in April of the 



same year. 



His prints vary much in quality of inking, 
some of them being very good and almost brilliant, 
but the majority are weak. 

Frye found considerable difficulty in persuading 
people to sit to him for their portraits, and he fre- 
quented the theatres in order to obtain surreptitious 
sketches of notable persons. It is said that he 
obtained his portraits of George in. and his queen 
in this way, and that his notice being observed, the 
king and queen sat quite still, so that the artist 
might finish his work more easily. The fashion- 
able ladies he wished to draw were not always so 
amenable as their majesties, alleging as a reason 
that they did not know in whose company their 
portraits might eventually appear. 

Frye's pupil, Pether, is supposed to have 
worked upon some of his plates, and finished them 
after Frye's death. 

125 



MEZZOTINTS 

Frye published most of his prints himself, ' at 
the Golden Head and Red Lamp near the corner of 
Greville St. in Hatton Garden.' 

William W. Ryland was chiefly known as an 
engraver in the line and stipple manners, in which 
he engraved numbers of excellent plates, but he 
also worked to some extent in mezzotint, always 
with great skill and success. 

He was a Londoner, born in 1732, the son of a 
Welsh engraver, and by the sale of his prints he 
made so large an income that it tempted him into 
extravagant ways, and he became a bankrupt in 
1771. In 1783 he was arrested for forging bills of 
exchange on the East India Company, and, on 
being convicted, was hanged at Tyburn, the only 
instance, I believe, in which a mezzotint engraver 
has ever suffered the extreme penalty of the law. 
Dissipation has unfortunately been the bane of 
numbers of artists and engravers, and the pillory, 
as well as the bankruptcy courts and prisons, have 
known them frequently, and we must not forget that 
poor Ryland was after all only guilty of forgery. 

Andrew Miller was one of the engravers who 
worked with Brooks in Dublin, but he worked in 
London first He was of Scottish descent, but 
born in London. His earliest English dated print 
is marked 1737, the earliest Irish one 'Dublin, 
1743.' He also remained in Dublin when Brooks 
came here with his other students. The peculiarity 
about Miller's engravings is that he reproduced the 
line engravings of other artists Houbraken and 
Vertue among them in the mezzotint manner. In 
an advertisement of his work in 1745, he says these 
engravings are 'the first attempt of the kind in 
126 







-&b*t4< 



RYLAND, MILLER AND BAILLIE 

mezzotinto.' It is said that he was a pupil of John 
Faber junior. 

Miller engraved after Sir Godfrey Kneller, D. 
Stevens, F. Bindon, and several others, and most 
of his prints were published in Dublin, but some in 
London, where he doubtless had an agency. The 
Dublin imprint is 'on Hog Hill near the Round 
Church,' the London ones either ' at ye Coffin ye 
upper end of Wytch Street near ye new church in 
ye Strand,' or ' in Change Court near Exeter 
Change in the Strand.' Miller also published 
prints through Michael Ford either 'at Vandyck's 
Head on Cork Hill,' or ' in Ann's Street near 
Darwin SV and others he issued through or in 
conjunction with ' J. Orpin and P. Smith in Crane 
Lane, Dublin.' 

Miller's prints are very scarce. Besides the 
portraits, which are most numerous, he engraved 
subject pieces after Veronese, Courtin, and Rosalba. 
I believe his work can best be studied in 
Dublin ; his style is not in any way remarkable 
or distinctive. 

William Baillie was a native of Kilbride, in 
Ireland, and was born in 1723. He was a commis- 
sioner of stamps by profession. He had strong 
artistic feeling, and was a skilled exponent of most 
of the processes of engraving. He particularly 
studied etching, but has also left a few mezzo- 
tint portraits after G. Netscher, J. Wyck, and N. 
Hone, R.A. 

Baillie's work is slight, and calls for little com- 
ment. It is a little assisted with engraved lines 
here and there, and is altogether to be classed as 
the work of a clever amateur. 

127 



MEZZOTINTS 






Charles Spooner was a native of Wexford, and 
was taught engraving in Dublin. Most of his 
works are in mezzotint, some of them being pub- 
lished in Dublin, and all are now very rare. Some 
time about 1752 Spooner came to England, and 
practised mezzotinting in London until towards the 
close of the century. He was a great friend of 
James MacArdell. He was an excellent copyist, 
and his engravings are of fairly good quality. 

Spooner engraved several subject pieces after 
Francois Boucher, P. Mercier, D. Teniers, and 
others; and several portraits, chiefly after Sir J. 
Reynolds, P.R.A., T. Worlidge, T. Frye, F. Cotes, 
R.A., and W. Hogarth. His prints were published 
chiefly by ' Carington Bowles next the Chapter 
House in St. Paul's Churchyard London'; 'Robert 
Sayer near Sergeant's Inn Fleet Street,' and other 
addresses ; and ' Joh. Bowles & Son at the Black 
Horse in Cornhill.' 

The date of the birth of James MacArdell seems 
to be uncertain, but he began work in London 
before 1750, although his most important engrav- 
ings, those after Sir Joshua Reynolds, were done 
subsequently. 

Redgrave gives 1710 as the date of MacArdell's 
birth in Dublin, but J. Chaloner Smith says it 
should be 1729. He was one of a band of subse- 
quently distinguished engravers who were pupils of 
John Brooks, among whom were Andrew Miller, 
R. Houston, G. Spooner, R. Purcell, and M. Ford. 
Brooks, although a very successful teacher in 
mezzotint, was chiefly known as the inventor of 
an enamel for china, which was not a success, 
and seems to have more or less ruined every one 
128 



J. MACARDELL 

interested in it. He also was an excellent en- 
graver in mezzotint, and his works were, and are, 
highly esteemed ; but it is likely that the best of 
them, although bearing Brooks s signature, were 
really engraved by one or other of his talented 
pupils. 

Brooks came to London with his pupils about 
1747, and MacArdell very soon began work on his 
own account, and by 1750 he was acknowledged to 
be in the first rank of English mezzotint engravers, 
a position he holds now as securely as ever. He 
died at an early age in 1765. MacArdell's prints 
are remarkable for their brilliancy, for the rich 
darks and finely graduated half-tones, as well as 
the rare and skilfully used lights. It is probable 
that much of this beautiful effect is due to very 
skilled and careful inking, and it is likely that Mac- 
Ardell took great care over this most important item, 
even if he did not do it himself. Numbers of his 
prints are made in inks of varying shades of brown 
and black. Sir Joshua Reynolds much admired 
MacArdell's rendering of his work, and is stated to 
have said that he would be immortalised by Mac- 
Ardell's engravings, a prediction which is likely 
enough to become true, as Reynolds's paintings are 
notoriously getting into a worse and worse state 
every year, whereas MacArdell's mezzotints, care- 
fully kept, are practically imperishable. Reynolds 
himself published an engraving by MacArdell after 
his own delightful portrait of 'Lady Charlotte Fitz- 
william.' MacArdell scraped mezzotints after 
Rubens, Vandyck, Rembrandt, and Murillo, as well 
as after the more recent masters W. Hogarth, 
T. Hudson, J. Zoffany, R.A., and F. Cotes, R.A. 
i 129 



MEZZOTINTS 






Many of his engravings are after drawings of his 
own, and a fine portrait he made of himself was 
engraved by Earlom. In 1886 a special exhibition 
of MacArdell's mezzotints was held at the Burling- 
ton Arts Club, and at the Exhibition of Mezzotints 
held there in 1902, one or two splendid specimens 
of his work were again shown. If MacArdell had 
not died at an unfortunately early age, he would 
have been in all probability' our greatest mezzotint 
engraver. 

Although the mezzotints after Sir Joshua Rey- 
nolds were most numerously made by subsequent 
engravers, MacArdell's name is, and always will 
be, very closely associated with that of the great 
portraitist, because of Sir Joshua's avowed admira- 
tion for his work. 

Among so many gallant men and so many 
beautiful women as have been depicted by Sir 
Joshua Reynolds and engraved by MacArdell, the 
choice of one to give as a specimen is indeed a 
difficulty. I believe Sir Joshua himself particu- 
larly admired the portrait of Mrs. Bonfoy, but 
the charming little Lady Charlotte Fitzwilliam 
runs it very close indeed. This is the print Sir 
Joshua published. Among the graceful Lelys, 
I think that of Mrs. Middleton may be taken as 
one of the finest examples. Both among the 
prints after Sir Joshua and those after Vandyck 
are several fine portraits of men of which among 
the Vandycks the finest is that of the Lords John 
and Bernard Stuart. The ' Duchess of Ancaster,' 
after T. Hudson, is also a celebrated and splendid 
print. 

On many of MacArdell's mezzotints are signs 
130 



SIR J. REYNOLDS 

of etching, and in most instances there has been 
some engraving done on the plate with a burin. 
There exist pure blacks with definite edges, such 
as are not produced by mezzotinting alone. An 
examination of the engraved plate would of course 
show exactly how the effect was produced, but I 
do not suppose that any of MacArdell's plates 
now exist. The earlier mezzotinters found that 
eyes were apt to look filmy, and were difficult to 
render with sufficient distinction in mezzotint 
alone, and they have been helped in various ways 
in most instances where they look very brilliant. 
A very white point is wanted in the middle of 
a small very black space, and this is almost im- 
possible to produce with mezzotint alone. In 
many of MacArdell's prints the brilliancy of the 
eyes is remarkable. The re-touching to any great 
extent of a mezzotinted plate by burin or etching- 
needle is supposed to have been introduced by 
George White early in the century. If well done 
the effect is no doubt good, and is effective in 
early prints, but late impressions show the 
engraved marks too distinctly, and they then look 
like prints from a re-touched plate. 

Sir Joshua Reynolds was the son of the Rev. 
Samuel Reynolds, master of the grammar school 
at Plympton Earl, in Devonshire. He was born 
in 1723. As a schoolboy Joshua Reynolds showed 
a great taste for drawing, and in 1740 he was 
apprenticed to Thomas Hudson in London, and 
stayed with him about four years. Reynolds then 
lived at Plymouth for some time, painting numbers 
of portraits, and in 1749 he went a voyage with 
the Earl of Mount-Edgcumbe. He also visited 



MEZZOTINTS 

Italy, and made many friends in Rome and a large 
collection of sketches. 

Reynolds came back to London in 1752, and 
after some changes settled in Great Newport 
Street, where he painted a great number of por- 
traits, and in 1760 moved to No. 47 Leicester 
Square, where he remained for the rest of his 
life. He exhibited several pictures at the various 
exhibitions held in London in the sixties, and on 
the establishment of the Royal Academy in 1768 
he was made President. He was knighted in the 
same year, and always took the greatest interest 
in the Academy from the first. In 1773 he 
received the honorary degree of D.C.L. from the 
University of Oxford, and in the same year he 
was elected Mayor of Plympton. 

There was a certain amount of rivalry in at 
between Reynolds, Gainsborough, arid Romney, 
but on Gainsborough's death Reynolds gave hii 
a very high eulogy. He called Romney ' the 
man in Cavendish Square,' and never liked him. 

Although Reynolds never enjoyed the same 
extent of royal patronage as was vouchsafed to | 
several other great artists in England, in spite of it 
his success was complete, and he painted portraits j 
of the King and Queen, at his own request, as 
well as several other members of the royal family. 
His actual portraits are very numerous, and his 
fancy portraits and pictures almost equal them in 
numbers. Sir Joshua's paintings are singularly 
well fitted for reproduction in mezzotint, and he 
has been particularly fortunate in the engravers 
who have chiefly engraved his work. 

Sir Joshua's paintings have in many cases 
132 







X*' 






SIR J. REYNOLDS 

been painted with some soft medium which does 
not last well, and they are unfortunately likely 
to get worse and worse. It was said of one of his 
portraits that an eye had slipped down on to the 
cheek of the lady represented, and that Sir Joshua 
put the eye back by turning the canvas upside 
down, when the errant member fell slowly back 
into its proper place. The story shows that the 
softness of the medium used was well known 
long ago. It is fortunate that we possess so many 
fine mezzotints of Sir Joshua's work. 

John Ruskin ranks Reynolds as one of the 
seven supreme colourists, the others being Titian, 
Giorgione, Correggio, Tintoretto, Veronese, and 
Turner. He also calls him ' the prince of por- 
trait-painters.' 

Sir Joshua was very deaf, an ailment he is 
supposed to have contracted by reason of a 
neglected cold, originally caught in the Vatican 
while making a copy of a Raphael. 

He died in 1792, and was succeeded in the 
Presidency of the Royal Academy by Benjamin 
West. 

Angelica Kauffmann was the daughter of a 
Swiss portrait-painter domiciled in England for 
many years. She was brought up in an atmo- 
sphere of art, and early showed a great apti- 
tude and skill with crayon and brush. She was 
also an accomplished musician and a versatile 
linguist. 

Miss Kauffmann came to England from Venice 
in 1765 with Lady Went worth, wife of the English 
Ambassador, and with good introductions, as well as 
her own talents, she soon became well and favourably 

133 



MEZZOTINTS 

known here. In company with Mary Moser, Miss 
Kauffmann was one of the foundation members of 
the Royal Academy in 1768-9, and contributed 
regularly to the subsequent exhibitions. 

Her classical designs have been very largely 
engraved, chiefly in the stipple manner, but her 
works have by no means been neglected by 
mezzotint engravers, many of whom have been 
tempted by her graceful pictures. Her work has 
been most successfully engraved by James Mac- 
Ardell and J. R. Smith. 

Richard Houston was a fellow-pupil of Mac- 
Ardell with Brooks, and was a student of much 
promise, never fully redeemed, because, unlike Mac- 
Ardell, Houston was a man of dissipated habits, 
and was for a long time imprisoned in Fleet 
Prison. He has, however, left a great .quantity of 
work, much of it of a very high quality. Some 
of the best portraits are after Sir Joshua Reynolds. 
Houston was born in Dublin about 1722, and 
came to London about 1750, and began his work 
on mezzotints at once. He engraved after many 
artists Sir Joshua Reynolds, P.R.A. ; W. Hoare, 
R.A. ; J. Zoffany, R.A. ; J. Russell and P. Mercier 
particularly and in many cases he engraved sets 
of portraits, statesmen, divines, and series of 
subject pieces 'The Ages,' 'The Elements,' 
'Times of the Day.' He also engraved landscapes 
in mezzotint after Chatelin, strongly etched and 
then rouletted, and several groups and single 
heads after Rembrandt. 

Rolt's Lives of the Reformers, published in 
London in 1759, is illustrated with portraits 
'elegantly done in mezzotinto by Mr. Houston/ 
134 




~-*If/!'~s 



RICHARD HOUSTON 

but these were really engraved by John Faber, 
and have been re-lettered. 

Houston's work is in many cases very skilled. 
The modelling and the masterly use of the scraper 
that appear, particularly in some of the larger 
Rembrandt heads, have never been excelled. 
Houston was unquestionably a master of the 
mezzotinting tools, and he produced effects with 
them of a higher artistic level than that of any 
of his predecessors. He was the first mezzo- 
tinter who realised that a scraper could be used 
to give the effect of a brush. 

The plates vary much in quality. Whether it 
could be shown that there was any regular develop- 
ment of Houston's work, or whether the varying 
value of his plates was only due to his kaleido- 
scopic fortunes would, I think, be difficult to 
determine. The irregular life he led would be 
likely to affect his work, in accordance with his 
state of health at the time. 

Among the many charming fancy plates by 
Houston, I have thought that ' Night ' is one of 
the best. It belongs to a set after P. Mercier. 
A few of Houston's prints are in brown ink, but 
the majority are in black. Among his Rembrandt 
engravings is a particularly fine group of 'The 
Syndics ' a large plate measuring 20! x iyf inches. 
Some also of nis plates after Zoffony are very 
delightful. Among those after Sir Joshua Rey- 
nolds is one of the beautiful head of Kitty Fisher, 
engraved more successfully, however, by Edward 
Fisher at a later date. 

Houston published many of his plates himself 
'near Drumond's Charing Cross.' Others were 

135 



MEZZOTINTS 

issued by 'John Bowles at the Black Horse in 
Cornhill,' ' Carington Bowles in St. Paul's Church- 
yard,' and ' Robt. Sayer No. 53 (or opposite 
Fetter Lane) in Fleet Street.' 

Thomas Burford, who was a member of the 
Incorporated Society of Artists, engraved a few 
scarce portraits in mezzotint about the middle of 
the eighteenth century. His engravings are some- 
times taken directly from life, and sometimes after 
other artists, and he also engraved a few subject 
and landscape pieces. The best of his work is to 
be found in a series of twelve fanciful three-quarter 
length figures symbolising the months of the year, 
published in 1745, and all taken from the same 
model. The prints are poor, and the drawing 
uncertain. 

Burford published most of his prints himself 
'at the Golden Eagle in Villers Street York 
Buildings.' Others were issued by ' Richard Budd 
stationer in Symonds Inn Chancery Lane,' or 
' Hen. Overton at the White Horse without New- 
gate.' 

Richard Earlom was one of the most versatile 
of our mezzotint engravers, and he succeeded 
admirably with all of his different subjects. His 
flower pieces are unequalled, and he engraved 
several exquisite plates of this kind after the 
Dutch painters Van Huysum and Van Os. He 
was equally successful with large subject pieces, 
such as Zoffany's ' Royal Academy, 1 the ' Cock- 
Match,' and the 'Tiger Hunting'; Hogarth's 
' Marriage la Mode ' ; or Wright's ' Blacksmith's 
Shop ' nothing came amiss to his genius. He 
moreover engraved a very large and important 
136 



RICHARD EARLOM 

series of portraits particularly after Sir A. Vandyck, 
Sir P. Lely, Velasquez, Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A., 
and Sir W. Beechey, R.A. 

Earlom was the son of the vestry clerk of the 
parish of St. Sepulchre, and was born in 1743. 
He was at one time a pupil of Cipriani, but is 
supposed to have taught himself the art of mezzo- 
tinting. Besides his subject pieces, flowers, and 
portraits, Earlom published, in 1777, a series of 
small prints, partly etched and partly rouletted or 
mezzotinted, after sepia sketches which had been 
made by Claude Lorrain to serve as an illustrated 
index to his own paintings. This collection of 
drawings was called the Liber Veritatis, and 
Earlom's engravings from them very probably 
suggested the Liber Studiorum to J. M. W. 
Turner in the next century. 

The demand for the prints of the Liber Veritatis 
was considerable, and Boydell, the publisher, caused 
Earlom to re-touch the plates several times. Before 
the discovery of the possibility of steeling a copper 
plate, thereby indefinitely prolonging its life, re- 
touching was the only remedy for a worn plate 
short of entirely re-engraving it. 

Earlom's mezzotints to some extent follow the 
lead of the engravings by George White, inasmuch 
as they are regularly etched before the mezzotinting 
is put upon them. Like the very early mezzotinters, 
as well as some of the quite modern ones, the 
mezzotinting is added where and how it is wanted, 
and not in an even tone all over, so there is no need 
for scraping or burnishing except to a very small 
extent. The grounding of Earlom's plates is 
very fine in grain, sometimes almost too fine, and 

137 



MEZZOTINTS 

the inking and production of his plates generally 
leave nothing to be desired. He was the earliest 
mezzotint engraver of the first rank to engrave 
subject pieces to any great extent. His prints were 
published chiefly by ' J. S. Copley, George Street, 
Hanover Square,' ' Robt. Sayer, No. 53 in Fleet 
Street,' or 'John Boydell & Co., 90 Cheapside.' 

Benjamin West was the most copied in mezzo- 
tint of any of our historical painters. His work was 
engraved chiefly by Valentine Green, R. Earlom, 
J. R. Smith, and J. Watson. 

West was born in Pennsylvania in 1738, and 
received his first instruction in art at the hands of 
a Cherokee Indian. At the age of eighteen he 
established himself at Philadelphia as a portrait- 
painter, and after working in America for some 
little time he went to Italy, where he painted several 
pictures and laid the foundation of his reputation. 

In 1763 West came to England, and was one 
of the original members of the Royal Academy, 
exhibiting his ' Regulus ' at the first exhibition in 
1769. He held the appointments of 'Historical 
Painter to the King,' and was also surveyor of the 
king's pictures. 

At the exhibitions of the Royal Academy West 
exhibited numbers of historical, classical, and sacred 
works for many years, and in 1792, on the death of 
Sir Joshua Reynolds, he was elected President, a 
post he retained until his death in 1820. 

Johann Zoffany was a native of Ratisbon, and 
was born in 1733. He was the son of an architect, 
and early showed a taste for art, which his father 
encouraged, sending him to Italy for the purpose 
of studying his subject there. 
138 







& 



8 
si 



J. ZOFFANY 

He came to England in 1758, and encountered 
much difficulty in making his way, for some time 
only finding a living by painting the faces of 
Dutch clocks for Stephen Rimbault, of Great 
St. Andrew Street, Seven Dials. According to 
Redgrave, a chance portrait of David Garrick, 
noticed by Lord Bute, may be said to have begun 
Zoffany's more fortunate period, and from this time 
his work came into much favour and was highly 
esteemed. On the other hand, Bryan thinks the 
portrait which brought Zoffany into repute was 
one of the Earl of Barrymore. 

He was nominated a member of the Royal 
Academy in 1769, and after refusing to accompany 
Sir Joseph Banks in his voyage round the worla, 
he again visited Italy, and painted there many 
important pictures, among which was one of the 
' Interior of the Portrait Gallery at Florence,' 
which is now at Buckingham Palace. In Italy 
he was received with much honour, and made a 
member of the Academies of Bologna, Tuscany, 
and Parma, and he was also made a Baron of the 
Austrian Empire by the Empress Maria Theresa. 

In 1779 he returned to England, and shortly 
afterwards visited India. While there he painted 
his celebrated picture of Colonel Mordaunt's 
'Cock-Match,' as well as the 'Tiger Hunt' and 
the ' Embassy of Hyder Beck to Calcutta,' and 
other well-known pictures of Indian subjects, which 
have been engraved with great skill and feeling 
by Earlom. 

His paintings are always interesting ; they are 
full of life and character. His colour began by 
being grey and weak, but improved as he grew 

139 



MEZZOTINTS 

older. He excelled in drawing, and was most 
happy in the grouping of his large pictures, in all 
of which are a number of excellent portraits. 

Zoffany's visit to India made him a rich man, 
but it appears to have injured his health, as he 
died a few years after his return, in 1810. 

Valentine Green held several posts which testify 
to the estimation in which he was held. He was a 
member of the Incorporated Society of Artists, 
associate engraver to the Royal Academy, and 
mezzotint engraver to George in., and at the time 
of his death, in 1813, he had been keeper of the 
Royal Institution since its foundation in 1805. He 
was also mezzotint engraver to Charles Theodore, 
Elector- Palatine of the Rhine. 

Green was a native of Worcestershire, the place 
of his birth, in 1739 or thereabouts, being variously 
given as either Hales-Owen near Birmingham, or 
Salford near Evesham. He began life as a lawyer, 
but presently was sent as a pupil to a line engraver 
at Worcester. In 1776 he exhibited engravings 
in London, and settled in Newman Street, Oxford 
Street. 

Green was a very miscellaneous engraver. He 
made several fine plates for the Elector of Bavaria 
of the pictures in the Diisseldorf Gallery ; he also 
made a series of large prints from Benjamin 
West's pictures illustrating classical history, and 
others after Vandyck, Rubens, and Jan Steen, all 
very fine. 

Among his portraits, those after Sir Joshua 

Reynolds are altogether the finest ; and of other 

artists, he engraved after P. Falconet, L. F. Abbott, 

T. Gainsborough, G. Willison, E. F. Calze, 

140 



VALENTINE GREEN 

J. Zoffany, R.A., Sir P. Lely, F. Cotes, N. Dance, 
and many more. 

Green's prints, of which there is a great 
number, were largely published by himself, either 
from 'No. 51 Upper Titchfield Street,' 'No. 29 
Newman Street, Oxford Street, London,' or ' Salis- 
bury Street, Strand.' Some were issued by his 
son Rupert from ' No. 13 Berners Street London,' 
or ' No. 14 Percy Street, Bedford Square, London.' 
Besides these family publications are many others 
issued by different persons, the majority being 
either by 'John Boydell in Cheapside,' ' Ryland & 
Brymer at the Kings arms, Cornhill,' ' Robt. Sayer 
No. 53 Fleet Street,' ' G. Willison, Greek Street 
Soho,' or 'Walter Shropshire, No. 158 New Bond 
Street.' 

His work is usually strengthened with a little 
engraving here and there. The graining of his 
plates is more pointilld than lined in character, 
and sometimes the graining is so fine that it 
appears too soft. The modelling of the faces is 
everywhere excellent, and the treatment of the hair 
is remarkably good. He engraved a splendid col- 
lection of full-length ladies' figures after Reynolds, 
as well as other subjects, and some graceful plates 
after Angelica Kauffmann, R.A., and R. Cosway, 
R.A. The quality of the inking of Green's prints 
varies considerably : the colours range from black 
to dark brown, and some impressions are brilliant 
while others are not. Among the portraits is a 
very fine head of himself, after L. F. Abbott, and 
among his numerous other works are several small 
bust portraits within ovals. 

Valentine Green had several pupils, many of 

141 



MEZZOTINTS 

whom distinguished themselves afterwards, par- 
ticularly John Dean, perhaps the most delicate 
workman who ever engraved in mezzotint. 

Richard Purcell was a pupil of John Brooks 
and Andrew Miller. He published several of his 
rare mezzotints in .Dublin, of which city he was 
a native. About 1755 he came to London and 
worked for Robert Sayer, ' Map and Printseller at 
the Golden Buck near Serjeant's Inn, Fleet Street,' 
for whom it is also probable that he engraved 
several prints without signing his name. 

Purcell was a man of irregular life, and his un- 
doubted genius therefore never had fair play. On 
several of his prints he used the alias of ' Corbutt,' 
' C.,' or ' P.' He engraved several portraits, chiefly 
after Sir A. Vandyck, Sir P. Lely, G. Zoust, Sir J. 
Reynolds, P.R.A., T. Gainsborough, R.A., and A. 
Ramsay, and subject pieces after Ostade, Schalcken, 
F. Boucher, and others. His drawing is weak, 
and the graining of most of his plates is inferior, 
resembling a sandpaper grain, and there is rather 
too much engraved or etched work in most cases. 
Some of his plates are, however, very good. 
Most of Purcell's prints were published by Robert 
Sayer ; others were issued by ' Thos. Silcock Print 
and Fan Seller in Nicolas Street opposite the 
Tholsel,' ' Michael Hanbury Engraver, Georges 
Lane Dublin ' ; ' J. Fuller at the Bible Blowbladder 
Street,' ' William Wilkinson in Chequer Lane 
Dublin,' and several others. 

The most important print publisher of the 
eighteenth century was John Boydell, a gentle- 
man of great artistic taste, himself a painter and 
engraver, in which art he was a pupil of W. H. 

142 




IMW 



JOHN BOYDELL 

Toms, and a member of the Incorporated Society 
of Artists about 1750. He began as a publisher by 
issuing small books of views drawn and engraved 
by himself. At last Boydell's publishing business 
became important enough to enable him to com- 
mission artists to paint pictures for the express 
purpose of having them engraved. Unfortunately 
the French Revolution so affected his business that 
he became bankrupt in 1804. He was a generous 
patron of art in every way. 

Boydell's work as an engraver is not remark- 
able. His son engraved a few mezzotints, but 
these also are only of an ordinary kind ; but as a 
publisher he gave much assistance to numbers of 
mezzotint engravers who would otherwise probably 
have had to take to some other means of liveli- 
hood. 

Boydell was sheriff in 1785, and Lord Mayor 
of London in 1790. His most important under- 
taking was the ' Shakespeare Gallery,' a series of 
illustrations of scenes from Shakespeare's plays, 
painted and engraved by the best artists procur- 
able. Although at the time this project was very 
highly thought of, it never seems to have been the 
success its originators and contributors expected it 
to be. 

Joseph P. L. Marchi was an Italian artist who 
was brought to England by Sir Joshua Reynolds 
as his assistant, in 1752. 

As well as helping Reynolds, Marchi also en- 
graved largely in mezzotint on his own account. 
He engraved after his own work as well as that of 
Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; J. Berridge, J. Zoffany, 
R.A., and others. All Marchi's plates show very 



MEZZOTINTS 

fine workmanship ; some of them are excellent in 
every way, the effect is powerful and yet delicate. 

His prints were published by himself 'at St. 
Martin's Lane near Long Acre,' by ' W. Dickinson 
Henrietta Street Covent Garden,' 'Jno. Wesson 
in Lichfield Street St. Anne's Soho,' John Bowles, 
and others. 

Edward Fisher, a native of Ireland, began 
life as a hatter, but soon took to engraving as 
a profession, for which he was eminently fitted by 
nature. His plates after Reynolds are particularly 
good, and all his mezzotints are marked by broad 
effects and delicate finish as well. He was a most 
painstaking engraver, and many of his plates are 
altogether excellent. 

Several of Fisher's plates were altered in 
various ways after his death, the lettering erased, 
and prints made from such plates sold as 'proofs 
before letters.' If a print is not in itself brilliant, 
a purchaser should never give a proof price even 
if the space for the lettering is blank. Fisher 
engraved chiefly after Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; 
B.Wilson, Sir N. Dance-Holland, R.A. ; J. Zoffany, 
R.A. ; B. West, P.R.A., and T. Hudson. 

He published some of MacArdell's prints, so 
was no doubt a friend of his, and may have studied 
with him. He also published several of his own 
prints ' at the Golden Head South side of Leicester 
Square,' ' No. 1 1 Ludgate Street,' or ' at Mr. 
Deering's Floor Cloth Warehouse in Newport 
Street, Long Acre.' Other publishers of Fisher's 
prints were ' M. Chamberlin in Stewart Street, 
Old Artillery Ground, Spittalfields ' ; ' E. Bakewell 
& H. Parker, Printsellers in Cornhill opposite 
144 






FISHER AND W. PETHER 

Birchin Lane, London ' ; 'John Bowles at No. 13 
in Cornhill ' ; ' Robt. Sayer, No. 53 Fleet Street,' 
and others. 

Fisher's prints show a few engraved lines in 
places, and they vary a little in quality. The men's 
portraits are strong and boldly modelled; the ladies' 
portraits are more delicately treated. Fisher was 
particularly careful about the colour of his inks. 
Some of them are almost a pure brown, others a 
black brown, and others nearly black. The inking 
of all the plates is most excellent. 

Sir Joshua Reynolds is reported to have said of 
Fisher that he was ' injudiciously exact,' inasmuch 
as he took the greatest pains to ensure that even 
the unimportant parts of his plates should be as 
well and carefully finished as the important parts. 
The result has quite justified the procedure, as 
Fisher's prints are finished to perfection and are 
delightful to examine inch by inch, as well as 
being strong and masterly in the general effect. 

William Pether was a native of Carlisle ; a 
portrait-painter in oils and in miniature, and a 
pupil of Thomas Frye, as he says on one of his 
mezzotints after a portrait by that artist, 'W. 
Pether olim Discipulus ejus sculpsit, 1761.' He 
was a member of the Royal Academy in 1778. 

He engraved several fine subject pieces after 
Joseph Wright, and among these perhaps his finest 
work is to be found. His engravings after Rem- 
brandt are also very good. Besides these, he 
worked after his own paintings and those of J. B. 
; Greuze, Sir P. P. Rubens, J. F. Nollekens, Sir 
N. Dance-Holland, R.A., Giorgione, and others. 
His prints were published by himself in ' Gt. 
K H5 



MEZZOTINTS 

Russel Str. Bloomsbury,' or ' Great Newport Street, 
Leicester Fields ' ; ' Robt. Sayer Map & Print 
seller No. 53 Fleet Street ' ; ' T. Brydon, at his 
looking Glass & Print Warehouse, Charing Cross 
London ' ; John Boydell and others. 

Pether's mezzotints show good work, with 
very fine grain and skilful modelling, curiously 
strengthened, in some cases, with pointiHe" work 
added by hand, as well as small engraved lines 
where necessary. The scraping is always very 
cleverly done and effective. 

Philip Dawe worked as an engraver under W. 
Hogarth about 1760. He was also a painter, and 
exhibited at the first Royal Academy Exhibition 
in 1769. 

He engraved several mezzotint portraits after 
Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; T. Gainsborough, R.A. ; 
G. Romney, T. Hudson, R. Cosway, R.A., and 
others; and some after Henry Morland the portrait- 
painter, who himself scraped a few mezzotints. 
Dawe had studied under Henry Morland. 

His prints are large and coarse, but good in 
contrasts of light and shade. They are pure mezzo- 
tint, unassisted by any other work. 

George Dawe, R.A., the portrait-painter, was 
the son of Philip, and is said to have engraved 
mezzotints at the age of fourteen. He only en- 
graved a few plates, but these are good and strong. 
He was particularly successful in his prints after 
Sir H. Raeburn, R.A., whose powerful pictures 
lend themselves especially well to Dawe's broad, 
strong manner. 

Charles Townley was a miniature painter, 
well as an engraver in stipple and in mezzotii 
146 



! 



W. DICKINSON 

He was a son of James Townley, Headmaster of 
Merchant Taylors' School, and was born in 1746. 

Townley studied painting in Italy and at 
Berlin, where he engraved several portraits. He 
was a member of the Royal Academy of Painting 
at Florence. His mezzotint work is not good, his 
textures are woolly, and there is an utter want of 
finish without any compensating power. 

Townley engraved mezzotints after his own 
drawings and the work of Sir P. Lely, G. 
Romney, J. Hoppner, R.A. ; J. Opie, R.A. ; R. 
Cosway, R.A., and others; and his prints were 
published by himself at ' No. 7 New Bond Street,' 
'No. 75 near the Adelphi, Strand,' 'Arlington 
Street Piccadilly,' '38 Greek Street Soho,' 'No. 
15 Duke Street Piccadilly,' or ' No. 19 Panton 
Square Haymarket.' Others were issued chiefly 
by 'W. Richardson, York House 31 Strand,' or 
1 John Boydell in Cheapside.' 

William Dickinson engraved both in mezzo- 
tint and stipple. For his work he was awarded 
a premium by the Society of Arts in 1767. He 
engraved several caricatures. His mezzotints are 
clear and brilliant, and his use of the scraper is 
particularly skilful, showing well the brush-marks 
of the original. He ultimately became a print- 
seller. Dickinson's most successful mezzotints 
are those after Sir Joshua Reynolds or Romney, 
many of which are printed in a rich brown ink. 
One of Jane, Duchess of Gordon, is especially 
good. He also published several quite small 
prints that are clear and bright. 

Dickinson engraved a large number of mezzo- 
tints chiefly after G. Morland, B. West, P. R.A. ; 

H7 



MEZZOTINTS 

H. W. Bunbury, Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; G. 
Romney, T. Gainsborough, R.A. ; R. E. Pine, 
and the Rev. M. W. Peters, R.A. His prints were 
mostly published by himself either from ' No. 
1 80 near Norfolk Street Strand,' ' Litchfield Street, 
Soho,' or ' Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.' After 
1778 he published several in connection with 
Thomas Watson from ' No. 158 New Bond Street.' 
Other prints were issued by ' Carington Bowles 
No. 69 in St. Paul's Church Yard,' 'W. Rich- 
ardson York House No. 31 Strand,' Messrs. 
Colnaghi and Co., Cockspur Street, and others. 

James Watson was a native of Ireland, and 
is said to have studied under his eminent com- 
patriot James MacArdell. Watson engraved a 
large number of portraits in mezzotint, particu- 
larly after Sir A. Vandyck, Sir P. -P. Rubens, 
Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A., and T. Gainsborough, 
R.A., always with conspicuous taste and skill. 
Some of these portraits are engraved on a large 
scale, among which is a particularly charming 
one of Madame de Pompadour. 

Watson's work is delightful ; his graining is 
exactly suited to his subjects, and many of his 
prints are printed in a rich brown ink. His style 
is remarkable for its delicacy and the perfection 
of the workmanship, which has very little sup- 
plementary engraved work. It is said that rather 
than make much correction or alteration on a 
plate, Watson preferred to engrave it entirely 
anew. 

Besides his many portraits, Watson engraved 
a few subject pieces after Franz Hals, G. 
Schalcken, G. Metzu, and other Dutch painters. 
148 



J. AND T. WATSON 

Watson's prints were published by himself at 
1 Queen Anne Street near Titchfield Street Oxford 
Road'; 'James Bretherton No. 134 New Bond 
Street ' ; Robert Sayer, Carington Bowles, Boydell, 
and others. His daughter Caroline, after his 
death, became a well-known engraver in the stipple 
manner. 

Thomas Watson engraved both in stipple and 
in mezzotint, but his work is not particularly good 
in either manner. His portraits in mezzotint are 
perhaps his best work, and in these there is a 
certain power, but the grain used is coarse and 
too large. He engraved chiefly after Sir P. Lely, 
Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; Sir N. Dance-Holland, 
R.A.; B. West, P.R.A. ; F. Kobell, and G. 
Willison, both portraits and subject pieces. 

T. Watson's prints were mostly published by 
himself either at ' No. 142 New Bond Street,' 
' No. 33 Strand London,' ' at the Fleece in Wind- 
mill Street Golden Square,' or in conjunction 
with W. Dickinson at ' Henrietta Street Covent 
Garden.' 

Jonathan Spilsbury was a painter in oils as 
well as a miniaturist. He also engraved several 
fine mezzotints, some of which are of great excel- 
lence. He engraved particularly after Sir A. 
Vandyck, Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; Angelica 
Kauttmann, R.A. ; B. Killingbeck, W. Hoare, R.A., 
or Miss K. Read, and sometimes after his own 
drawings. His work is always delightful. 

The majority of his prints were published by 
his brother John from ' Russell Court Covent 
Garden.' Others were issued by ' B. Killingbeck 
at Mrs. Tottons Mount Street, Berkley Square 

149 



MEZZOTINTS 



London,' ' Robt. Sayer & Co., Fleet Street Lon- 
don,' 'Carington Bowles No. 69 St. Paul's 
Church Yard/ J. Boydell, and others. 

Spilsbury also engraved some subject pieces 
after his daughter, Maria Spilsbury, Sir P. P. 
Rubens, G. Metzu, and others. His beautiful 
engraving of Miss Esther Jacobs, after Sir J. 
Reynolds, received the highest premium granted 
by the Society of Arts in the year 1761. 

His work is delicate and beautiful, and is a 
little touched with the burin here and there. 

William Humphrey was an engraver who also 
worked in stipple and etching. In 1765 he was 
awarded a premium by the Society of Arts for a 
mezzotint after Rembrandt. 

His portraits are engraved chiefly after his own 
work or that of Sir G. Kneller, J. Hoppner, R.A. ; 
R. Cosway, R.A. ; R. E. Pine, or R. Dunkarton. 

Humphrey eventually became a printseller, 
and had an extensive connection as an art dealer 
with the Continent. He is supposed to have 
published a number of J. R. Smith's plates after 
they had become worn. 

He published most of his prints himself at 
' Gerrard Street Soho.' Others were issued by 
'Robt. Sayer No. 53 in Fleet Street,' or ' E. 
Eynon behind the Royal Exchange.' 

John Finlayson often worked on large mezzotint 
plates. Some of these vary from about fourteen 
to twenty-one inches in height, and have cor- 
responding breadth. They are well and strongly 
engraved, but the grain used for most of them is 
too fine often the case with large mezzotints 
On the other hand, the smaller engravings sho\ 
150 




, 'Aw --&}&tv?tde<K> o&LJrn&'iMm/. 




FINLAYSON AND DIXON 

a coarse grain and are also coarsely finished. His 
work on the whole is strong and good. 

Finlayson's portraits bear dates ranging be- 
tween 1765 and 1773. They are chiefly after Sir 
J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; J. Zoffany, R.A. ; C. Jans- 
sen, or N. Hone, R.A. Most of the prints were 
published by Finlayson himself either at ' No. 8 
Orange Street Leicester Fields,' or ' at the Golden 
Lamp Berwick Street Soho.' 

John Dixon was a native of Dublin, and studied 
at the Dublin Academy under the tuition of Robert 
West, beginning his career as an engraver on 
silver plate. He came to London about 1765, and 
shortly afterwards became a member of the Incor- 
porated Society of Artists. His best-known mezzo- 
tint is a portrait of David Garrick as Richard m., 
after Sir N. Dance-Holland, R.A. 

Dixon's work is fine, yet strong, soft, and rich. 
There is much engraving with it. His prints are 
sometimes printed in rich brown ink, and generally 
they are deficient in half-tones. 

Latterly Dixon came into a fortune by right of 
his wife, but still continued his work on mezzotints 
as a labour of love. His portraits are chiefly after 
his own work or that of Sir G. Kneller, Sir J. 
Reynolds, P.R.A. ; T. Gainsborough, R.A. ; Sir N. 
Dance-Holland, R.A. ; R. Cosway, R.A. ; or T. 
Hudson. His subject pieces are mostly after 
Rembrandt or Franz Hals. 

Dixon's prints were published by himself at 
' Broad Street opposite Poland Street near Carnaby 
Market ' ; ' Ryland & Bryer at the King's Arms 
in Cornhill ' ; ' John Bowles at No. 13 in Cornhill 
London,' and others. 



MEZZOTINTS 

Richard Brookshaw is chiefly known by his 
fine mezzotint portraits of members of the French 
royal family Marie Antoinette and the Dauphin 
particularly. These two, and many others, were 
engraved in Paris, and published there about 1773, 
but some of them were also published in London. 

Brookshaw engraved as well several plates of 
small size after popular engravers, MacArdell and 
others. His portraits are mostly after Sir J. 
Reynolds, P.R.A. ; R. E. Pine, F. Cotes, R.A., 
and A. Ramsay; and his subject pieces after Sir 
A. Vandyck, Van Ostade, or F. Kobell. 

Brookshaw's work is of high quality, but 
marred, I think, by the peculiar right-angled grain 
he used for his grounds. This ground is some- 
times strongly marked, but in other cases it is 
fine and not very apparent. On some of his 
mezzotints, on the other hand, he used what may 
almost be called an 'amorphous' grounding, re- 
sembling the modern kind known as a ' sandpaper 
grain,' that is to say, one which shows no structural 
marks, but is altogether irregular and coarse. A 
photogravure has the same formless grain, but in 
this case it is very fine indeed. 

The French engravings are the best of Brook- 
shaw's work, and they vary much in merit, and 
there is always a good deal of supplementary line 
engraving with them all. 

Brookshaw's prints were published in London 
by 'Ryland and Bryer at the King's Arms in 
Cornhill,' ' Robt. Sayer No. 53 Fleet Street,' 'John 
Bowles No. 13 in Cornhill,' and others. 

Isaac Jehner was a painter and engraver, and 
settled at Exeter about 1780. He was born in 
152 



BROOKSHAW AND JEHNER 

Westminster, the son of a German, and in conse- 
quence of an accident in early childhood, he was 
deformed for life. He was a Freemason, and on 
one of his prints, a portrait of Richard Bartlett, 
he signs himself ' Servant and Brother in the year 
of Masonry 5789.' He worked for a time as an 
assistant to William Pether. 

Jehner's mezzotints are remarkable for their ex- 
tremely fine finish. They are few and rare. The 
best-known of them is probably ' The Girl with a 
Muff,' after Reynolds. A series, ' The Seasons,' 
after Breughel, well shows the delicacy of Jehner's 
execution ; and the same quality is found in most 
of his work, but with it is observable a certain 
weakness. 

He engraved chiefly after his own work or that 
of Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; R. Cosway, R.A. ; T. 
Parkinson, W. Parry, A.R.A., or W. Whitby ; and 
his prints were published by himself at ' No. 43 
Fleet Street,' or ' Bear Street Leicester Fields,' or 
else by ' J. Lockington, Shug Lane Piccadilly.' 

Elizabeth Judkins was a pupil of James Watson, 
the mezzotint engraver. She engraved very suc- 
cessfully after Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; Miss K. 
Read and F. Cotes, R.A. Her prints were pub- 
lished by 'James Watson, No. 45 little Queen 
Ann Street,' or by ' Robt. Sayer, No. 53 Fleet 
Street.' 

Miss Judkins was the best of a small band of 
lady engravers in mezzotint, all of whom were 
fairly successful, but none of them engraved many 
plates. Her engraving of Mrs. Abmgton, after 
Sir Joshua, is a very fine piece of work indeed. 
It is so good that J. Chaloner Smith, referring to 

153 



MEZZOTINTS 

Watson, her teacher, says, ' it is difficult to suppose 
that it was not produced by his experienced hand.' 

Her work, as judged by the very few prints 
she has left, is very skilled, soft, and pure mezzo- 
tint. It is curious that an art like mezzotinting, 
which is in all ways quite suited to the powers 
of feminine fingers, should not have been more 
followed by ladies. 

Caroline Kirkley was another lady engraver in 
mezzotint, but she only engraved one plate, as far 
as is known a portrait of Sir Joshua Reynolds, 
after a painting by himself. 

Robert Dunkarton engraved several small por- 
traits for book illustrations. Most of these were 
prepared for Clarendon's History of the Rebellion, 
Burnet's History of his own Time, or Woodburn's 
Portraits of Illustrious Characters. He also did 
some of the mezzotinting for J. M. W. Turner's 
Liber Studiorum. He was for a time a pupil of 
W. Pether. 

Dunkarton's work varies considerably in merit. 
Some of it is particularly good, but most of his 
plates are hard and deficient in half-tones. He 
engraved a considerable number of excellent mezzo- 
tint portraits of the usual size, between 1770 and 
1811. Being a portrait-painter as well as an en- 
graver, Dunkarton engraved several portraits after 
his own work, as well as that, principally, of Sir 
J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; G. Romney, J. S. Copley, 
R.A. ; Sir W. Beechey, R.A. ; the Rev. M. W. 
Peters, R.A., and A. W. Devis. Besides these, he 
engraved a few large subject pieces after Guercino 
and A. de Gelder. 

Dunkarton's prints were chiefly published by 
154 




DUNKARTON AND J. WALKER 

himself at 'No. 452 opposite Villiers Street Strand,' 
or by ' J. S. Copley, George Street, Hanover 
Square ' ; ' Colnaghi & Co. No. 23 Cockspur 
Street London,' or John Boydell. 

James Walker engraved after G. Romney with 
conspicuous ability and success. He is noted as 
having been engraver to the Empress Catherine 
of Russia, and to ' his Imperial Majesty Alexander 
the First.' He was also a member of the Imperial 
Academy of Art, St. Petersburg, and engraved and 
published several of his plates in Russia. 

He was the most distinguished of the fortunate 
pupils of Valentine Green, and probably worked 
with him somewhere about 1770, and shortly 
after this time he went to Russia, returning in 
1802. The ship in which his plates were being 
sent back to England foundered off Yarmouth, 
and they were lost. 

Besides Romney, Walker engraved mezzotints 
after several other artists, but in no case has he 
favoured any of them more than once. Among 
these are Titian, Rembrandt, R. Cosway, R.A. ; 
J.^Northcote, R.A., and F. Wheatley, R.A. The 
prints are published by ' James Walker, St. Peters- 
burg'; 'J. Walker, No. 49 Upper Mary-le-Bone 
Street, near Titchfield Street'; 'No. 51 Great 
Portland Street ' ; or ' No. 50 Frith Street, Soho ' ; 
'William Faden, Charing Cross'; J. Boydell and 
others. He engraved also a few fine subject pieces 
after Snyders, Northcote, and other artists. 

Walter's work is very good, and there is plenty 
of it. 

John Jones engraved in mezzotint and stipple. 
His works were issued between 1774 and 1791. 

155 



MEZZOTINTS 

Some of them are very good and strong, but, as 
a rule, wanting in finish. Jones was appointed 
engraver to the Prince of Wales in 1790, and was 
also engraver to the Duke of York. Many of his 
prints are in brown ink; the grain used in the 
mezzotinting is coarse, and the work upon the 
plates has probably been very quickly done. The 
portrait of Mrs. Davenport, after G. Romney, is 
one of the most pleasing of his plates. 

His son George was a well-known battle 
painter, and was elected a member of the Royal 
Academy in 1824. 

Jones engraved a large number of portraits, 
chiefly after Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; G. Romney, 
T. Gainsborough, R.A. ; Sir H. Raeburn, R.A. ; 
H. Singleton and J. Hoppner, R.A. His prints 
are issued mainly by himself from ' No. 75 Great 
Portland Street,' or ' No. 63 Great Portland Street 
Marylebone,' but others were published chiefly by 
'Ann Bryer, No. 5 Poland Street Soho ' ; 'W. 
Richardson No. 68 High Holborn,' or Messrs. 
Boydell. 

George Romney, a native of Lancashire, was 
the son of a cabinet-maker, a yeoman farmer, in 
whose workshop the boy learned carpentry, carving, 
and inlay work, and especially became proficient 
in the difficult art of making violins, encouraged 
thereto by his ardent love of music. He early 
showed great talent with the pencil, and was ap- 
prenticed to an itinerant portrait-painter, Edward 
Steele, in 1755. After some travelling about, 
Romney set up at Kendal as a portrait-painter 
and succeeded fairly well, painting many of the 
local gentry. Not feeling, however, that his talents 
156 



JONES AND DEAN 

could find proper appreciation in the provinces, 
Romney moved to London in 1762, where he 
remained for a time and then travelled abroad ; 
and on his return in 1775, he established himself 
at No. 32 Cavendish Square, and became the most 
fashionable portrait-painter of the day, rivalling 
successfully even Sir Joshua Reynolds. Between 
these two artists there was little sympathy. 

Romney painted Lady Hamilton not only as 
herself, but in numerous other characters, and his 
paintings of her are all very beautiful. He painted 
several of the pictures for Boydell's Shakespeare. 
Unlike many of his contemporaries, Romney painted 
all his pictures entirely with his own hand, but 
trained several pupils. His work was engraved in 
mezzotint chiefly by J. Jones, J. R. Smith, J. 
Walker, W. Dickinson, and John Dean. 

John Dean was a pupil of Valentine Green. 
His prints were iss"^ between 1776 and 1789. 
He published most of them himself either from 
'No. 12 Bentinck Street,' '27 Berwick Street,' or 
' Church Street,' all in Soho. A few others were 
published by ' J. Easton, Salisbury,' and 'J. Walker, 
No. 13, Parliament Street.' He engraved both 
portraits and subject pieces. The portraits are 
mostly after Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; T. Gains- 
borough, R.A. ; J. Hoppner, R.A. ; G. Romney 
and J. Russell, R.A., or R. Livesay, and some of 
the subject pieces are after G. Morland. 

Dean is considered to have been especially 
successful in his mezzotints after Romney. In this 
he shares his reputation with J. Walker, who was 
also one of Green's pupils, and engraved more of 
Romney's pictures than Dean. 

157 



MEZZOTINTS 

Dean's mezzotints are always charming. They 
are extremely delicately handled, but at the same 
time are full of life and brilliancy. They are all pure 
mezzotint, unaided by any other kind of supple- 
mentary work. He engraved several delightful 
child subjects after Sir Joshua Reynolds, and 
others after George Morland. The hiking is some- 
times in brown ink, and several of the engravings 
after Sir Joshua are printed in coloured inks. It is 
not now possible to be sure whether these were 
made at Dean's time or afterwards. 

The grain used by Dean is a fine one, and 
shows broken lines laid at right-angles to each 
other, a style of grounding that is rarely success- 
ful. The grounds have never been strongly laid, 
although the small rouletted work in some places 
is strong enough. The scraped work .is always 
excellent, and there is very little burnishing indeed. 
Dean's prints are now very rare, and good impres- 
sions will increase much in value : they were not 
abundant at any time. 

John Raphael Smith belonged to a family of 
artists. He was a younger son of Thomas Smith 
the landscape-painter, known as ' Smith of Derby.' 
His brother and sister were both artists, one 
painting in miniature and the other in ordinary 
water-colours, and his own son and daughter also 
followed the profession of art. J. R. Smith began 
life as a linen-draper at his native town, Derby, 
where he was born in 1752. Thence he came to 
London in 1767, and, while still working as a 
draper, he added to his income by painting minia- 
tures. Soon, however, he found in himself a 
greater aptitude for engraving on metal, for which 
158 






J. R. SMITH 

his miniature training had already to a great extent 
prepared him, and he worked very successfully and 
profitably both in stipple and in point. From these 
styles he presently proceeded to engrave in mezzo- 
tint, and for this he quickly discovered that he 
possessed special qualifications, and in 1778 he 
was fully acknowledged as one of the foremost 
engravers in that manner. Like many others, 
Smith found his highest inspiration in the work 
of Sir Joshua Reynolds, and he has left us a 
splendid collection of mezzotints of the very 
highest excellence in every way after this master. 
Smith was ' Engraver to his Royal Highness the 
Prince of Wales,' and he was also a publisher and 
dealer in prints. 

He was a friend of George Morland the artist, 
and, like him, was a man of pleasure and irregular 
life, the pernicious effects of which show in his 
later drawings, but never in his mezzotints, as he 
left off engraving before the results of his in- 
temperance had adversely affected his artistic 
powers. In this later period he made numbers of 
portraits in chalks, many of which were exhibited 
at the Royal Academy Exhibitions from 1779 to 
1790. He is said to have been able to finish one 
of these chalk portraits, several of which are in 
whole-length, in an hour, so, like his friend Mor- 
land, Smith must have been an exceptionally 
rapid worker. 

Smith engraved portraits largely after his own 
work, and also after Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; 
T. Gainsborough, R.A. ; Sir T. Lawrence, P.R.A. ; 
G. Romney, J. Hoppner, R.A. ; R. Cos way, R.A. ; 
J. Downman, A. R.A. ; Angelica Kauffmann, R.A., 

159 



MEZZOTINTS 

and a host of others. He also engraved several fine 
subject pieces, chiefly after G. Morland, H. Fuseli, 
R.A. ; Joseph Wright and B. West, P.R.A. 

Smith published the greater number of his 
prints himself, either at 'No. 31 King Street 
Covent Garden,' ' No. 83 opposite the Pantheon 
Oxford Street, London,' or ' No. 10 Bateman's 
Buildings Soho.' Others were published by ' Wm. 
Humphrey at the shell Warehouse opposite Cecil 
Court, St. Martin's Lane,' and many more. 

Smith used a strong and broad grain in nearly 
all his mezzotints. There is no fine, soft grain 
anywhere, but he has fully succeeded in giving 
softness where he required it by means of his very 
skilful use of the scraper. Having the strong 
grain, he has also been able easily to produce 
dark spaces of great depth and richness, wherever 
he wanted them, and the tones between the two 
are charmingly graduated. He was fond of brown 
ink, and generally used it, and the inking of his 
plates is always admirable. His grounds are 
always most carefully and beautifully laid, and he 
uses his scraper just as easily as if it were a brush, 
to do which successfully enough, yet not too 
much requires the greatest skill. 

Altogether the best of Smith's engravings were 
after the work of Sir Joshua Reynolds. Several of 
them are strong and brilliant portraits of men, and 
among the number of beautiful portraits of ladies after 
this artist may be particularly mentioned the charm- 
ing child portrait of Lady Catherine Pelham-Clinton, 
and the now most valuable of all mezzotints, that of 
Mrs. Carnac. The two well-known and beautiful 
mezzotints of Lady Hamilton, one as a 'Bacchante/ 
1 60 




1 










, -&&w' 



J. R. SMITH 

after Sir J. Reynolds, and the other as ' Nature,' 
after Romney, were both engraved by Smith. Both 
of these were often printed in colour. 

Among the subject pieces is a particularly fine 
engraving of the ' Slave-Trader,' after George Mor- 
land, ana several remarkable plates after H. Fuseli, 
R.A. Smith engraved a set of large female heads 
after his own drawings : they are something in the 
style of Frye, and about the same size. These 
heads are not particularly good, but they are far 
better than some quite small plates that he also 
engraved after his own work. In some of the 
quite small prints the work is by no means satis- 
factory. They may have been early attempts, and 
are considerably touched up with a burin, a pro- 
ceeding which Smith very rarely took advantage 
of in his best work. 

Romney has been particularly fortunate in 
Smith's rendering of his pure and delicate work. 
A few of Smith's mezzotints were printed in colour, 
but whether this was done in his time it is difficult 
to say. Most of these are largely touched up by 
hand. 

Smith taught several pupils, some of whom 
afterwards attained celebrity, notably John Young, 
W. Ward, and S. W. Reynolds. Among them also 
was Jane Thompson, one of the few lady mezzo- 
tinters of the eighteenth century. 

Sir Thomas Lawrence was the son of a presby- 
terian minister at Bristol, a man of varied tastes 
and low habits, who finally became an innkeeper. 
Young Lawrence showed a great facility for art at 
a very early age, and amused his father's customers 
by taking their portraits. The Lawrences lived at 
L 161 



MEZZOTINTS 

Devizes for a while and then settled at Bath, where 
Thomas materially augmented the family income 
by the aid of his pencil. He worked at first in 
pencil and in crayon, and made excellent and 
beautiful portraits. At the age of twelve Lawrence 
set up a studio for himself, and in 1784 he obtained 
a premium from the Society of Arts for some copies 
from the antique. 

At the age of seventeen Lawrence began painting 
in oils, and in 1787 he came to London, settling his 
family in Duke Street, St. James's, and having a 
studio in Jermyn Street, whence he presently 
moved to 24 Old Bond Street. He was a friend 
of Sir Joshua Reynolds, who thought most highly 
of him, and, indeed, his handsome person and 
personal charm rendered him welcome wherever 
he went. He painted portraits of the king and 
other members of the royal family, and of 
numbers of the English aristocracy, and his 
pictures were regularly exhibited at the Royal 
Academy. 

In 1791 Lawrence was elected a supplemental 
associate of the Royal Academy, and next year 
he was made ' Portrait-painter in Ordinary to 
the King.' In February 1794 he was elected a 
Royal Academician, and in 1815 he received the 
honour of knighthood from the Prince-Regent. 
In 1820 he was elected President of the Royal 
Academy, in succession to Benjamin West, and 
George iv., on his accession, re-enacted his ap- 
pointment as ' Portrait-painter in Ordinary to the 
King.' 

Not only did Lawrence paint very many por- 
traits, but also numbers of subject pictures, ii 
162 



JOHN MURPHY 

some of which he was accused of plagiarising 
Fuseli. Honours and decorations were showered 
upon him by foreign countries as well as at home, 
and he enjoyed great wealth and distinction, 
but in spite of a\\, he was a bad manager and 
continually in debt. 

Lawrence was a great collector of pictures, 
drawings, and art treasures generally. He died 
in 1830. His work has been largely engraved in 
mezzotint, chiefly by J. R. Smith, J. and W. 
Ward, G. Grozer, W. Dickinson, and J. Young, 
and in later times by Samuel Cousins. 

John Murphy was a native of Ireland, and 
engraved both in stipple and in mezzotint. His 
works are rare, and his mezzotints are remark- 
able for the great skill with which they are 
engraved, and the brilliancy and power of the 
prints made from them. If Murphy had only 
engraved more largely, he would certainly have 
been considered one of our finest mezzotinters, 
as the quality of his work is always high. 

Murphy engraved fine subject pieces after the 
old masters as well as B. West, P.R.A. ; J. 
Northcote, R.A. ; G. Stubbs, A.R.A., and T. 
Stothard, R.A. ; and portraits chiefly after Sir J. 
Reynolds, P.R.A. ; G. Romney, J. Hoppner, R.A.; 
R. Cosway, R.A., and others. His prints were 
published by himself at ' No. 26 Upper Berkeley 
Street, Edgeware Road ' ; ' No. 4 Air Street 
Piccadilly,' or ' No. 18 Warwick Street Golden 
Square,' or else by ' Edw. Foxhall, Old Caven- 
dish Street ' ; ' W. Dickinson, No. 158 Bond Street,' 
John Boydell and others. 

William Doughty has left a few very fine 

103 



MEZZOTINTS 

mezzotint engravings after Sir Joshua Reynolds, 
to whom he was for a time a pupil. Doughty 
was intended for a portrait-painter, but never 
succeeded well enough to justify his continuing 
in this profession, although Sir Joshua seems to 
have thought highly of his powers. As a mezzo- 
tinter Doughty was very successful, but his work 
is scarce and there is very little of it. Some of his 
grounds are very curiously laid, and resemble sand- 
paper grain. In other cases his graining is large, 
effective, and well managed. He used sometimes 
a rich brown ink. 

Doughty's prints were published by himself at 
' 4 Little Tichfield Street Cavendish Square,' or by 
1 Thos. Watson, No. 33 Strand.' 

During the last twenty years of the eighteenth 
century Joseph Grozer engraved several mezzo- 
tints of much merit. He was also an engraver 
in stipple. His portraits are after Sir J. Reynolds, 
P.R.A. ; Sir T. Lawrence, P.R.A. ; G. Romney, 
J. Downman, A.R.A., and others, and he also 
engraved some subject pieces after G. Morland. 
His earliest dated print bears the date 1784. 

Grozer's mezzotint work is very good. The 
grounding is like a series of dots a sort of close 
pointilld. It is strong and brilliant, and several of 
the prints are in a rich brown ink. Sometimes his 
mezzotints are found admirably printed in colour, 
especially those published by Dauloux. 

Grozer published several of his prints himself 
at ' No. 8 Castle Street Leicester Fields,' and 
others were issued by 'W. Dickinson, Engraver, 
No. 158 Bond Street,' 'William Austin, Drawing 
Master, Engraver and Print Merchant, No. 195 
164 



G. DUPONT 

Piccadilly near St. James's Church, 1 or 'No. 41 
St. James's Street,' ' H. Dauloux, No. 50 Leicester 
Square,' and others. 

Gainsborough Dupont was a portrait-painter, 
and also engraved mezzotints. He was a nephew 
of Thomas Gainsborough, R.A., much of whose 
later work he finished, and his engravings after 
Gainsborough's work are of high merit strong, 
brilliant, and masterly. He has left only a few 
rare specimens of his mezzotints. They are all 
after Gainsborough, and are published by the 
engraver at ' No. 07 Pall Mall London,' ' R. Sayer, 
Grafton Street Fitzroy Square,' or ' B. Beale 
Evans in the Poultry, London.' 

Dupont exhibited for the first time at the 
Royal Academy in 1790. 

Although Sir Joshua Reynolds had several 
rivals, no one of them so nearly approached him 
in skill as Thomas Gainsborough, because, although 
a notable landscape-painter, ne was also a por- 
trait-painter of nearly, if not quite, as much genius 
as the President himself. Gainsborough's portraits 
have always been very highly esteemed and upheld 
by mezzotint engravers. 

Gainsborough was the son of a wool-merchant 
of Sudbury, in Suffolk, and at an early age showed 
much talent for drawing. In his fifteenth year, 
in 1742, he was sent to London to a silversmith, 
where he learned engraving on metal, and he also 
etched and made a few aquatints. He studied for 
three years under the care of Frank Hayman, an 
artist, after which he returned to Sudbury. 

He lived for a time at Ipswich, and painted 
several portraits as well as landscapes of great 

165 



MEZZOTINTS 

merit, and in 1760 he removed to Bath, where he 
immediately rose into great repute. He was 
elected one of the original members of the Royal 
Academy in 1768, but seems to have had so many 
disagreements with the President, Sir Joshua 
Reynolds, that his contributions to the exhibi- 
tions were never so numerous as they should have 
been. 

His pictures are never signed. In 1774 Gains- 
borough settled in Schomberg House, Pall Mall, 
where he lived during the most successful period 
of his life. Here he painted the celebrated portrait 
of the Duchess of Devonshire in a large hat, as 
well as the ' Blue Boy,' now at Grosvenor House, 
painted specially to annoy Sir Joshua Reynolds, 
who had said that the masses of light in a picture 
should always be of a ' warm, mellow colour.' 

Before his death in 1788 Gainsborough became 
reconciled to Sir Joshua, who afterwards delivered 
a eulogy of his work to the students of the Royal 
Academy. 

He was chiefly engraved in mezzotint by 
Gainsborough Dupont, J. R. Smith, Valentine 
Green, and J. Watson. 

Charles Howard Hodges studied art in Holland 
about the end of the eighteenth century, and settled 
there as a portrait-painter in crayons and an 
engraver in mezzotint. He enjoyed much con- 
sideration in the Netherlands, and was one 01 
the Commissioners sent by that country to recover 
the pictures taken away by Napoleon. At Am- 
sterdam Hodges acted as art agent for England 
in company with W. Humphrey, a dealer in prints 
and a fellow-engraver in mezzotints. 
166 



C. H. HODGES 

Hodges is supposed to have been a pupil of 
J. R. Smith, who published some of his mezzo- 
tints, and he appears to have profited well by his 
master's able instruction, as his work is always 
remarkably good ; indeed one of his engravings, 
after a drawing of his own a portrait of the 
Grand Pensioner Rutger Jan Schimmelpenninck 
is well known for its exceptionally beautiful work- 
manship and marvellous finish. 

Hodges used a broad, rich grain for his grounds, 
and it is always admirably managed ; the modelling 
in the faces is masterly and powerful, and most 
of the prints have supplementary roulette work 
upon them, and the definite places and outlines 
are often marked with close dotted lines. 

Hodges engraved chiefly after his own work 
and that of Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; G. Romney, 
J. Hoppner, R.A. ; Sir W. Beechey, R.A. ; G. 
Stuart, R. Smirke, R.A., or J. Rising; and his 
prints were published mostly by himself 'at No. 
90 Carey Street,' 'W. Dickinson No. 24 Old 
Bond Street,' 'J. R. Smith No. 83 Oxford Street,' 
1 1. Rising No. 35 Leicester Square,' ' G. Cowen 
at T. Macklin's Poets Gallery Fleet Street,' or 
Messrs. Boydell. 

Charles A. E. Turner, born at Old Woodstock, 
in Oxfordshire, in 1774, was an engraver in several 
styles, and always with marked success. He 
worked admirably in stipple ; he was an adept 
with the etching-needle and a clever aquatinter, 
as well as a master in mezzotint. 

Turner entered the Academy schools in 1795, 
and was for a time employed by Messrs. Boydell. 
His mezzotints, done at a later period, comprise 

167 



MEZZOTINTS 

many very important plates. To him we owe the 
splendid group of the Marlborough family, after 
Reynolds ; ' The Beggars,' after W. Owen, R.A. ; 
and J. M. W. Turner's ' Shipwreck,' a magnificent 
plate. He also engraved other large plates after 
John Martin, W. Owen, R.A. ; T. Stothard, R.A., 
and several after the old masters ; landscapes after 
Claude; fine animal pieces after Franz Snyders, 
Bewick, C. H. Schwanfelder, Beringer, Elmere, 
and many more. He also engraved numbers of 
portrait engravings, chiefly after J. Hoppner, R.A. ; 
Sir T. Lawrence, P. R.A. ; Sir C. L. Eastlake, 
P. R.A. ; Sir H. Raeburn, R.A. ; A. Ramsay, and 
others. Among his miscellaneous mezzotints are 
a few large heads about the same size as those 
engraved by T. Frye, and these are the least 
pleasing of his work; there are also numbers of 
quite small plates, Cupids and portraits, all de- 
lightfully engraved. Most of the plates have 
been strongly etched before the mezzotinting was 
begun, but this preliminary work was not always 
done entirely by Turner himself, as he was often 
assisted by an etcher of the name of John Bull. 

Turner mezzotinted the first twenty plates, as 
well as a few of the latter ones, of the Liber Stu- 
diormn for his illustrious namesake and relative, 
J. M. W. Turner, under whose will he was one of 
the trustees. In 1812 he was appointed ' Engraver 
in Ordinary to the King,' in 1828 elected an 
associate of the Royal Academy ; he died in 1857. 

Many of Turner's prints are in a rich brown 
ink, and some were printed in colour, but when 
this was done it is impossible to say. 

John Young was a pupil of J. R. Smith, and 
168 




1 



JOHN YOUNG 

in 1789 was appointed 'Mezzotint engraver to 
the Prince of Wales,' and in 1813 he became 
' Keeper to the British Institution ' in succession 
to Valentine Green. 

One of Young's most popular engravings is 
called 'The Set-to,' after T. H. Mortimer, A.R.A., 
and represents the commencement of a fight 
between Broughton and George Stevenson. It is 
well drawn and well modelled, but is a disagreeable 
subject. He also engraved large subject pieces 
after J. Zoffanv, R.A. ; G. Morland and B. West, 
P.R.A., as well as portraits after Sir T. Lawrence, 
P.R.A. ; G. Romney, J. Hoppner, R.A. ; W. Owen, 
and several more. In 1815 Young published a 
remarkable set of thirty portraits of the Emperors 
of Turkey printed in colours, the first plates to 
be regularly issued in this way. They are very 
rare, and I have not been able to see any examples 
of them. 

Young's work is pure mezzotint, with a little 
additional definition given by means of a fine 
roulette. In many cases the grain of the mezzotint- 
ing is large and left rather dark, and the modelling 
of the faces and figures is good and strong. 

Young's prints were published by himself from 
several addresses: 'No. 14, or No. 65, Charlotte 
Street Fitzroy Square,' ' No. 7, Cockspur Street 
Great Hay Market,' 'No. 58 Upper Charlotte 
Street Fitzroy Square,' ' New Store Street Bedford 
Square,' or ' No. 28 Newman Street.' A few 
others were published chiefly by ' P. Garot, Print- 
seller, South Hanover Street,' ' Thos. I. King 
No. 9 New Store Street Bedford Square,' or 
'T. Simpson St. Paul's Church Yard.' 

169 



MEZZOTINTS 

John Hoppner has been much favoured by 
mezzotint engravers, his work being well adapted 
for reproduction in that medium. He was the son 
of German parents, and a chorister in the Chapel 
Royal in 1768 or thereabouts. George in. helped 
him with funds to pursue his artistic studies. In 
1775 he was a student in the Royal Academy 
schools, where he gained several premiums for 
drawing and painting. In 1785 he painted por- 
traits of the royal princesses, Sophia, Amelia, and 
Mary, and in 1789 he was appointed 'Portrait- 
Painter to the Prince of Wales.' In 1795 he was 
elected an Academician. Sir Thomas Lawrence 
and Hoppner at this time divided honours, but 
Hoppner's death, in 1810, left Lawrence undisputed 
place as our first portrait-painter. 

Hoppner's portraits are remarkable for the 
beauty of the landscape backgrounds, he having 
begun his artistic career by painting landscapes, and 
always liked them. His pictures are not likely to 
last well because, like Sir Joshua Reynolds, he 
used mediums which soon lose their virtue. 

He was chiefly engraved in mezzotint by J. 
Young, J. Ward, W. Ward, and J. R. Smith. ' 



170 



CHAPTER IV 

Mezzotint engraving in the nineteenth century. The 
work of S. W. Reynolds, J. M. W. Turner. W. Say, 
G. Clint, T. G. Lupton, W. and J. Ward, D. Lucas, 
Samuel Cousins, C. W. Campbell, Frank Short, John 
D. Miller, Gerald P. Robinson, Miss E. Gulland, R. S. 
Clouston, and Norman Hirst. 

DURING the nineteenth century a good 
deal of mezzotint work was done in 
England, and a few names stand out as 
being of much renown. Of the earlier engravers 
William Say is the most remarkable, because he 
was the first to make a mezzotint upon a steel 
plate, which he did in 1820, and thereby fore- 
shadowed the pernicious steeling of copper plates. 

Late in the preceding century, and in the 
earlier part of the nineteenth, S. W. Reynolds, a 
mezzotinter of immense energy and great skill, 
engraved numbers of fine portraits, many of which 
are from his own studies. Then also, early in 
the century, J. M. W. Turner produced his Liber 
Studiorum, which will always be a very important 
example of landscape work executed in mezzotint, 
although really there is quite as much work of 
other Kinds as these remarkable plates. Land- 
scape-painting was much studied in England 
during the nineteenth century, and it was almost 

171 



MEZZOTINTS 

inevitable that engravers in mezzotint should also 
try their skill in this direction. 

T. G. Lupton and David Lucas both did their 
best to popularise landscape in mezzotint, and 
both of them worked on steel. Of the two, I 
think Lupton succeeded the better, but this may 
be partly because he used a lighter ink. Lucas 
nearly always used a very black ink, and the 
general impression given by his landscapes is that 
they are much too dark. 

In recent times Mr. Frank Short has engraved 
some plates, from sketches by J. M. W. Turner, 
in the manner of the Liber Studiorum, and these 
are quite beautiful, and as good in every way 
as any of the original plates. 

Samuel Cousins brings us up to present 
times, and in his technical mannerisms, as well 
as his general method of treating his subjects, 
he has a large following among present-day 
engravers. His style is clear and brilliant, and 
his engravings will be deservedly popular for a 
long time to come. Cousins is no unworthy guide. 
His work is sincere and delightful, but it is very 
largely assisted with auxiliary work from the 
etching-needle and the burin. Delicacy and fine 
finish are characteristic of all his mezzotints, and 
if it may be permitted to find fault with one so 
near to us, I should say that most of the plates 
are over elaborated and finished to the verge of 
weakness. His tendency to small work may 
perhaps be due to some extent to the fact that he 
worked for some time as a miniaturist. 

Modern mezzotint work in England varies 
much in quality. Some is good and some is bad, 
172 



ROYALTIES 

but conditions generally are not now so favourable 
for mezzotints as they were in the eighteenth 
and early nineteenth centuries. 

Altogether I feel that the art of the mezzo- 
tint engraver is passing through a very critical 
period, from which it may emerge triumphant 
by reason of the great excellence of some of its 
exponents, or, on the other hand, it may be finally 
overcome before long by its many adversaries. 

Not only is there a distinct paucity of high- 
class engravers, but there is also a want of a 
properly appreciative public, as well as a most 
formidable and direct competitor in the ' photo- 
gravure.' 

What with the initial payment to the original 
artist for the right of reproduction of a certain 
picture, the fee to the engraver and printer and 
other incidental charges, a publisher needs to be 
a man of much courage, as well as the possessor 
of a deep purse, before he can undertake the 
publishing of an important plate. I cannot help 
thinking that the payments to the artist and the 
engraver would be more satisfactory in all ways 
if they were more largely arranged on the principle 
of royalties on actual sales. A publisher would 
then be readier to venture on the engraving and 
publishing of a picture which might quite pos- 
sibly catch the public taste and be very successful. 
It seems to me that the principle of payment of 
capital sums for a doubtful return tends to check the 
publication of numbers of engravings which might 
do credit and be profitable to every one concerned. 

As to the second point, the possibility of pro- 
ducing prints, closely resembling mezzotints, by 

173 



MEZZOTINTS 

means of a photographic process directly from 
original paintings, is now to be seriously reckoned 
with. 

By means of the ' photogravure ' process a copy 
can be made from an original painting at a compara- 
tively small cost, and such prints compete directly 
and very formidably with mezzotints on their own 
ground. The best prints made by this process 
are very like mezzotints, and are frequently so 
considered. An instance occurred quite lately 
where a remarkably good 'photogravure,' made 
directly from a painting, was described in the 
daily press as a ' mezzotint engraved on steel." 

Photogravures, like mezzotints, are usually 
printed in monotone, but they can also be equally 
well printed in coloured inks if it is considered 
desirable. The inks, however, which are normally 
used for printing photogravures, are of a thicker 
sort than those used for mezzotints, and it may 
be to some extent due to the use of this denser 
ink that such prints are often disappointing in the 
more delicate half-tones. 

The possibility of ' photogravure ' rests upon 
the discovery that a film of gelatine can be so 
prepared that by the action of light it is rendered 
more or less insoluble. In this way, such a film 
fixed upon a copper plate, and subjected to the 
action of actinic light reaching it through an 
ordinary positive, becomes hardened in some 
places, while remaining soluble, or partly so, in 
others, and it can be soaked off in exact accordance 
with the solubility or non-solubility remaining 
in it. 

The plate, covered with its modified film, is 

174 



PHOTOGRAVURE 

then treated with acid in the same way as an 
etched plate would be, and wherever the acid can 
reach the copper it bites it away, in proportion as 
it is protected or not, and the result is an etched 
plate of more or less imperfection. 

Although the burr which is characteristic of 
a mezzotinted plate is entirely wanting in an 
etched plate, nevertheless in very dark places a 
certain roughness exists, which when filled with 
a thick ink will give an impression having con- 
siderable depth, but if unassisted by some further 
working the velvety richness of a dark mezzotinted 
space is never approached. The process is still 
being improved upon, and I do not think it has 
by any means reached its final stage. There is 
yet room for improvement in orthochromatic 
plates, and there is also room for more system 
in the re-touching, on mezzotinting principles, of 
the copper plate after it has been etched. 

Prints made from an untouched plate etched 
by the photogravure process are too flat in tone, 
and usually too dark ; but another process is here 
utilised which can remedy both these defects to 
any desired extent. A skilled mezzotint engraver 
works carefully on the lines laid down for him by 
the acid on the metal, with a picture, drawing, or 
print before him to work from, and he goes over 
the etched plate, inch by inch, with roulette or 
rocker, scraper and burnisher, exactly as if he were 
working on an unfinished mezzotint plate. It is 
obvious that the final excellence of such a plate is 
commensurate with the ability of the finisher. 

Here is a new field for mezzotint engravers 
who have not sufficient genius to stand alone, and 



MEZZOTINTS 

I should think that there is likely to be a large 
demand for skilled work of this kind in the near 
future, as photogravures are gaining in popularity 
every day. As large editions are obviously wanted, 
photogravure plates are always steeled as soon as 
they are finished. There can be no objection to 
the process in this case, as there is no claim to 
rarity, neither is there any preference for a limited 
issue. 

Wood engraving, as a popular means of cheap 
illustration, has been killed by the invention of 
the half-tone block, made directly from drawings or 
paintings ; but the half-tone block, in its turn, has 
to some extent recompensed the wood-engravers, 
inasmuch as, in consequence of various short- 
comings, the prints are deficient in light and other 
small particulars. The deposed wood-engraver 
has ultimately to be called in, and by skilful en- 
graving on the soft metal block, upon which is 
the design produced by photography, he can so 
improve and brighten it that in numbers of cases 
the resulting effect is very happy. So highly is 
this art considered, that in many instances the 
engraver's name is very properly added in the 
lettering of the print. 

So equally it will come about that in time an 
ordinary mezzotint engraver will find only a very- 
small market for his original work, but he may 
find a constant and remunerative occupation in 
rocking, rouletting, scraping, and burnishing the 
photogravured plates, which, without his masterly 
touch, would have to remain in their natural 
flat imperfection. 

From an art standpoint I much deprecate the 
176 



STEEL-PLATING 

covering up of a mezzotinted copper-plate with a film 
of steel so as to enable an indefinite number of 
prints to be made from it ; indeed it seems to me 
that the adoption of this process by mezzotint 
engravers, or their publishers, is in every way 
disastrous. 

I do not think that either the half-tone block or 
the photogravure plate will supersede the handi- 
work of a genius on wood or copper. Neither Mr. 
Timothy Cole, Mr. Frank Short, nor Mr. John 
Miller need fear them ; but I do think they will 
do away with the rank and file in both arts, so 
that the genuine art-lover may, after all, be the 
gainer, as a good photogravure is a better thing 
than a bad mezzotint. 

One certain effect of all these wonderful modern 
art processes, primarily working by the automatic 
action of light, will be to enhance still further the 
estimation in which ourselves and our successors 
will hold the beautiful old works done on wood or 
copper, slowly and lovingly by hand, before photo- 
graphy was thought of. 

Engravers of all kinds should, as a general 
rule, interpret the work of contemporary painters. 
There are plenty of our modern artists whose 
works are admirably adapted for reproduction in 
mezzotint. Among these may be counted particu- 
larly Mr. G. F. Watts, Lord Leighton, and Sir 
E. Burne-Jones, and each of these has already 
found his special engraver. Mr. Frank Short 
thoroughly understands and renders the mysterious 
power of Mr. G. F. Watts ; Mr. John Miller is in 
absolute sympathy with the delicate and beautiful 
work of the late President of the Royal Academy ; 
M 177 



MEZZOTINTS 

and Mr. C. W. Campbell, too soon taken away, 
was able to reproduce Sir E. Burne-Jones's aesthetic 
imaginings in a more masterly way than any of 
his contemporaries. His work is rare as well as 
beautiful. 

If our present-day mezzotint engravers continue 
to work in the same manner as their predecessors, 
they are not likely to advance the art. It has 
already reached its highest point in the work of 
James MacArdell, Valentine Green, and J. R. Smith. 
But if our very skilled engravers can hit upon a 
new style of their own, I feel that we may well 
see the dawn of a period of renewed activity, and 
signs of this are not entirely wanting. It is in the 
development of this new style in which the true 
future of mezzotint engraving lies. 

Samuel William Reynolds, the son ,of a planter 
in the West Indies, was taught mezzotint engrav- 
ing by J. R. Smith. He was a student at the 
schools of the Royal Academy, and his earliest 
dated mezzotint, an excellent plate, is' marked 
1797. 

S. W. Reynolds was probably a relation of 
Sir Joshua Reynolds, and he engraved a series of 
three hundred and fifty-seven small mezzotints 
after all the works of that artist that he could find. 
Pleasing though some of these are, I feel that 
in spite of the great skill with which they are 
engraved they are too small ; the mezzotinting 
process is not suitable for very small work. 
Reynolds lived for a time in Paris, where his 
work was much admired, and many of his paint- 
ings, rare here, are still to be met with on tht 
Continent. Between 1810 and 1812 he exhibitec 
178 



S. W. REYNOLDS 

engravings in mezzotint at the Paris Salon. Many 
of these were after French artists, especially 
Gericault, Horace Vernet, and Ltfon Cogniet. 

Reynolds was drawing-master to the royal 
princesses and ' Engraver to the King,' and refused 
the honour of knighthood which was offered to 
him. He was a skilful artist, both in oils and 
water-colours, and engraved some mezzotints after 
his own work one of the best and most interest- 
ing of which is a beautiful portrait of George in., 
in old age, with a beard, published by the engraver 
in 1820. He had several pupils, among the most 
successful of whom were Samuel Cousins and John 
and David Lucas. 

Besides those after his great namesake, Rey- 
nolds engraved several other portraits, chiefly 
after Rubens, J. Hoppner, R.A. ; Sir N. Dance- 
Holland, R.A. ; F. N. Stephanoff, W. Owen, R.A., 
and R. P. Bonington ; and he was also one of 
the engravers who worked in mezzotint upon the 
etchings made by J. M. W. Turner for his Liber 
Studiorum. 

The subject pieces engraved by Reynolds, which, 
like his portraits, are strongly etched as well, are 
mostly after G. Morland or J. Northcote, R.A., 
and they are always very pleasing. 

Reynolds's son, bearing the same names, was a 
portrait-painter of some repute, and also engraved 
in mezzotint, and his two daughters were both 
miniaturists. 

J. M. W. Turner was the son of a barber who 
lived in Maiden Lane, Covent Garden. As a boy 
Turner showed a great liking for colouring prints, 
and these, as well as small original drawings, 

179 



MEZZOTINTS 

were regularly sold to his father's customers 
for a few pence each. At an early age the boy 
was placed so that he could follow his artistic 
inclination, and he worked successively in the 
studios of Thomas Malton, Edward Dayes, W. 
Porden, and Thomas Hardwick. For a short 
time he studied with Sir Joshua Reynolds, and 
also with Dr. Thomas Monro, where he met 
Thomas Girtin, afterwards his friend, and one 
whose smaller work in many ways nearly ap- 
proached his own. 

Turner exhibited a drawing at the Royal 
Academy in 1790, when he was fifteen years of 
age, and he contributed largely to most of the 
exhibitions held during his time. In 1802 he 
was elected a Royal Academician. 

In 1807 he began the publication of -a series of 
engravings mostly from small sketches in sepia, 
made on a somewhat similar plan to that of the 
Liber Veritatis of Claude Lorrain. 

It is very probable that if Turner had not so 
much admired the paintings of Claude Lorrain, 
we should never have had any mezzotints from 
his hand. Claude painted a great number of 
pictures, and he made a charming index of them 
by means of small sketches in sepia. These 
sketches, called collectively Liber l^eritatis, were 
engraved in a mixed manner, not particularly well, 
by R. Earlom, and printed in pale brown ink. 
No doubt Turner not only admired the original 
sketches, but also the idea of having them re- 
produced as prints. But the Liber Studiorum 
was not intended to serve as an index; each of 
the sketches is a valuable original study. 
1 80 



J. M. W. TURNER 

The plates were published at irregular intervals 
between 1807 and 1819. The first outlines of the 
designs were mostly etched on the copper by 
Turner, and eleven plates were entirely engraved 
by him, but in most cases the supplementary 
aquatint or mezzotint was added by another hand. 
The engravers who added this work were F. C. 
Lewis, Charles Turner, W. Say, R. Dunkarton, 
G. Clint, J. C. Easling, T. Hodgetts, W. Annis, 
H. Dawe, T. Lupton, and S. W. Reynolds, and 
Turner quarrelled with most of them. 

It was originally intended that the series 
should consist of one hundred plates, but of these 
only seventy-one were published. The subjects 
of the drawings were arranged in six divisions, 
and letters engraved at the top of each plate show 
to which division it belongs, e.g. 

A = Architectural. 
P= Pastoral. 
H = Historical. 
M = Marine. 

M or M*= Mountainous. 
E.P = Elegant Pastoral. 

The prints are printed in brown ink of vary- 
ing shades ; the original drawings are in sepia. 
From a manuscript note on one of the proofs it 
seems that Turner wanted all the prints to appear 
of the same colour, as he says ' the ink will not 
on all the plates produce the same effect, therefore 
two or more colours must be used, so that all 
the prints may appear the same tint.' But in spite 
of this instruction the plates are by no means 
alike in tone. 

181 



MEZZOTINTS 

The most interesting of the plates are those 
engraved entirely by Turner, and these, especially 
in the landscapes, show the work of a mezzotinter 
who knows exactly what effect he wishes to 
produce, but is unfamiliar with the instruments 
by which he has to get it. The result is that 
by much scraping and scratching Turner has 
succeeded wonderfully in some cases, but he has 
always been much handicapped by his medium. 
In the matter of the preliminary etched outlines, 
proofs of many of which have been fortunately 
preserved, his supreme art is charmingly evident. 
They are as near perfection as anything of the 
kind that has ever been done. If he had so 
chosen, he might doubtless have made himself a 
master of the process of mezzotinting, but he never 
cared enough about it to do so. The- plates of 
the Liber Studiormn quickly wore out as to their 
mezzotint, and they were in consequence largely 
re-touched, mostly by Turner himself. The know- 
ledge of the various changes which he made on 
them is of paramount importance to a collector 
of these delightful little prints. They have yet 
another charm, which is that the engravings were 
issued very irregularly. They were made up in 
sets, proofs and ordinary prints being issued 
together in the most confusing way. It is sup- 
posed that Turner purposely mixed them, so that 
to get a complete set of proofs it may be necessary 
to purchase many entire sets, and then pick out 
the first states one by one from the mass of later 
impressions. To do this successfully involves a 
great amount of knowledge concerning the details 
of the various states, so as to be able to recognise 
182 




, 



W. SAY 

the first proofs when they occur, and there is no 
guide so complete or useful in this regard as 
Mr. W. G. Rawlinson's Turner s Liber Studiorum, 
published in 1878. It is in fact indispensable 
for a true Liber collector. 

Apart from his art Turner does not seem to 
have been a particularly estimable character. He 
was extremely miserly, uneducated, dirty, and 
quarrelsome. He made a large fortune, and much 
of it came to the nation at his death. 

Some of Turner's sketches, which were pro- 
bably intended to complete the Liber Studiontm, 
but were not engraved at the time, have lately 
been admirably reproduced by Mr. Frank Short 
in an identical manner with that followed in the 
original series, partly etched and partly mezzo- 
tinted. 

William Say was a pupil of James Ward, 
R.A., in 1788, at which time Ward was still an 
engraver. . At an early age Say showed remarkable 
aptitude for mezzotint engraving, and in 1807 he 
was appointed ' Mezzotint engraver to the Duke 
of Gloucester.' He was a very prolific engraver, 
and produced many hundreds of plates, the 
majority of which are large. Many brilliant 
subject pieces are after Murillo, James Ward, 
R.A.; G. Stubbs, A.R.A. ; W. Owen, R.A., or 
Sir Joshua Reynolds, P.R.A., and all of them 
are remarkably fine plates. They are all strongly 
etched before the mezzotinting is put on, and 
here and there are a few engraved lines. Be- 
sides these are numbers of portraits, many of 
which also are large. They are mostly after Sir 
Joshua Reynolds, P.R.A. ; H. Thomson, R.A. ; 

183 



MEZZOTINTS 

J. Hoppner, R.A. ; Sir W. Beechey, R.A. ; 
Artaud, W. M. Sharp, Sir T. Lawrence, P.R.A., 
or J. Northcote, R.A. Etching again shows in 
these portraits, as well as small engraved work 
in most cases. 

Among the quite small portraits is one of 
' Caroline, Queen of England,' underneath the 
first proof of which Say has written, ' This 
attempt to engrave on steel was made in 1820. 
W. Say.' This print is to be seen, with further 
states, in the second volume of the valuable 
collection of prints from engravings by Say, 
which was presented to the British Museum by 
his son, F. R. Say. A large number of Say's 
prints are in tones of brown ink. They are 
excellently printed and produced in every way, 
the paper fine and free from lumps. 

Say was one of the engravers employed by 
J. M. W. Turner to finish, in mezzotint, his etch- 
ings for the Liber Stttdiorum, sixteen of which 
he worked upon. 

Say's prints were mostly published by himself 
from ' No. 91 (or No. 92) Norton Street Mary-le- 
Bone ' ; others were issued by ' H. Macklin, No. 39 
Fleet Street,' ' Edwd. Orme, 59 Bond Street,' 'T. 
Macdonald, Poet's Gallery 39 Fleet Street,' and 
various printsellers. 

William Whiston Barney was one of the pupils 
of S. W. Reynolds, and engraved mezzotints after 
J. Hoppner, R.A., R. Cosway, R.A., and some 
others. He was an officer in the army, and served 
in the Peninsular War. 

Barney was the son of a drawing-master at the 
Royal Military Academy, and published some of 
184 



T. G. LUPTON 

his prints himself from '3 Little George Street, 
Westminster, 1 or ' College Street ' ; others were 
issued by ' Thomas Falser, Surry Side of West- 
minster Bridge.' 

George Clint was an artist in oils, water-colours, 
and an engraver as well. His studio was in Gower 
Street, and he had an extensive clientele among 
the actors and actresses of his time. In 1821 he 
was elected an associate of the Royal Academy. 
Clint engraved several excellent mezzotints after 
Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; SirT. Lawrence, P.R.A.; 
J. Hoppner, R.A. ; G. H. Harlow, and others. 
He is supposed to have studied mezzotint engrav- 
ing under Edward Bell. 

Thomas Goff Lupton was the son of a gold- 
smith, and was apprenticed to George Clint the 
engraver, afterwards working as an assistant to 
S. W. Reynolds, in whose studio he helped to 
instruct Samuel Cousins in the mysteries of mezzo- 
tint. Lupton drew some excellent portraits in 
crayon, some of which were exhibited at the Royal 
Academy between 1811 and 1820; but he is best 
known for his charming mezzotints on steel, largely 
landscape subjects. Lupton engraved largely after 
Turner : he mezzotinted the plates of the l^iews 
of the Ports of England, afterwards called The 
Harbours of England, and the River Scenery of 
England, as well as some of the plates of the 
Liber Studiorwn. Lupton also mezzotinted some 
of Ruskin's and T. S. Boys's etchings in the 
Stones of Venice. He experimented largely with 
metals with a view to discover some more lasting 
substance than the soft copper which had been 
up to his time in general use. Nickel and steel 

185 



MEZZOTINTS 

seemed to be the best, and latterly Lupton always 
used steel. William Say had experimented before 
this with hardened steel, without much success, 
and Lupton improved upon Say's procedure by 
using soft steel ; and for his success in engraving 
on this metal in mezzotint Lupton was awarded 
the Isis medal of the Society of Arts in 1822. 
From one of these plates upwards of fifteen 
hundred good impressions could be drawn with- 
out damage. 

Lupton engraved a large number of plates after 
Sir Joshua Reynolds, P.R.A. ; G. Clint, A.R.A. ; 
Benjamin Haydon, John Martin, J. M. W. Turner, 
R.A. ; Sir T. Lawrence, P.R.A., and many more. 
All his plates are rich and delicate. His large 
plate of the Duke of Wellington on the field of 
Waterloo, twenty years after the battle,- is one of 
the best known. About this picture it was said 
that the Duke was desirous that Haydon should 
paint his portrait, and that the painter tried to 
excuse himself on the ground that he was no good 
at a likeness. ' Never mind that/ said the Duke ; 
' I will turn my back upon you and just show 
my nose surely you can draw that ! ' and so the 
picture was painted. It is altogether a curiously 
imagined picture ; the point of view seems to be 
somewhere level with the Duke's feet. 

Another well-known engraving by Lupton is 
that of the Infant Samuel, after Sir Joshua Rey- 
nolds, P.R.A. He also engraved numbers of 
small plates for book illustrations, all of which 
are excellent. 

Lupton's work is of great importance. It is 

more pleasing than most of the prints from steel 

186 



T. G. LUPTON 

plates, because he has chosen an ink which is not 
quite black. There are certain objections to the 
use of brown ink for prints made from steel plates, 
but Lupton seems to have overcome them quite 
successfully. On several of his plates he very 
properly adds the words ' Engraved on steel/ a 
fashion I should like to see retained by such 
modern engravers as still use this difficult medium. 
The grain on a mezzotinted steel plate is always 
very fine. 

Lupton was a miscellaneous engraver. He copied 
subject pieces especially after John Martin, James 
Northcote, R.A., and G. Clint, R.A. ; portraits 
after Holbein, Sir Joshua Reynolds, P. R.A. ; Sir 
T. Lawrence, P.R.A., or J. Goubaud, often printed 
in a decided brown ink ; and delightful landscapes, 
with light and charming skies, after Claude Lorrain, 
J. M. W. Turner, W. Collins, R.A., or Thomas 
Girtin. Several of these also are printed in brown 
ink, and most of them are strongly etched. 

The hardness which is generally apparent in 
mezzotints on steel is cleverly avoided in Lupton's 
work, and it is almost always brilliant and delight- 
ful. 

Several of Lupton's prints were published by 
himself at ' 7 Leigh Street, Burton Crescent,' and 
others were published by 'W. B. Cooke, 9 Soho 
Square ' ; ' W. Cribb, King Street Covent Garden ' ; 
' R. Ackerman, Strand'; ' J. Bulcock, 16 Hamilton 
Place, Kings Cross, New Road,' or 'T. Brydone, 
Leicester.' He died at 4 Keppel Street, in 1873. 

William Ward was an Associate Engraver of 
the Royal Academy in 1814, and held the appoint- 
ment of mezzotint engraver 'to His Majesty,' 

187 



MEZZOTINTS 

'to the Prince- Regent,' and 'to the Duke of 
York.' 

He was a great friend of George Morland, the 
subject painter, who married Ward's sister, Ward 
in turn marrying Morland's sister. W. Ward and 
his younger brother, James, were both pupils of 
J. R. Smith indeed they may be fairly considered 
to have been his best pupils, for the work done by 
both of them is of a very high order. George 
Morland's wife and sister were both very pretty, 
and they posed as models for the lady figures in 
several of his pictures. Ward's son, William, 
became a mezzotint engraver in due time, and was 
engraver to the Duke of Clarence. There is some 
confusion as to the work of these three Wards, 
as several of their prints are signed in such a 
way as to make the true authorship -uncertain. 
Ward engraved several portraits, particularly after 
T. Gainsborough, R.A. ; Sir T. Lawrence, P.R.A. ; 
J. R. Smith, Sir H. Raeburn, R.A. ; Sir J. Rey- 
nolds, P.R.A. ; J. Hoppner, R.A., and several 
others ; but his most characteristic work will be 
found among his numerous subject pieces after 
George Morland, J. Northcote, R.A. ; H. Fuseli, 
R.A. ; H. Singleton, and W. F. Wheatley, R.A., 
or possibly among some of his animal studies. 

The large number of plates William Ward 
engraved after his brother-in-law George Morland 
are a pleasing and graceful tribute to the affection 
subsisting between the two artists. Probably 
J. Ward's mezzotints after Morland are really 
better done, but there are only a few of them, so 
W. Ward remains as Morland's chief interpreter. 
He has done the work well, but not remarkably 
1 88 



GEORGE MORLAND 

so. The plates show that he engraved them very 
quickly, and got as much effect as possible 
with the least work. They are generally printed 
in brown ink, sometimes in coloured inks, sup- 
ported by supplementary hand-work. W. Ward's 
portraits are better engraved than the subject 
pieces, and some of them, especially those of 
men, are really well done, strong, bright, and well 
modelled. 

George Morland was a son of Henry R. Morland, 
a portrait-painter. As a child he showed a great 
facility for drawing and painting. At the age of 
ten he exhibited a sketch at the Royal Academy, 
and became very soon afterwards a student at the 
Academy schools. He copied largely in early life 
from Dutch masters, and painted several minia- 
tures ; and also at an early age he showed signs of 
impatience of control and a love of dissipation. 

His pictures of the ' Idle and Industrious 
Mechanic' were such a success that, thinking he 
was to become a rich man, he married Anne, 
the sister of his friend W. Ward the mezzotint 
engraver, and tried hard to settle down respectably ; 
but partly owing to his wife's ill-health and other 
domestic troubles, he soon fell back into his former 
disreputable ways. 

His brother acted as his publisher, and George 
Morland painted one hundred and ninety-two 
pictures for him alone between 1800 and 1804. 
He worked extremely hard, and yet could not 
avoid debt although his works fetched high prices. 
He was surrounded with so many needy friends, to 
whom his purse was always open, that he ulti- 
mately became bankrupt and was arrested for 

189 



MEZZOTINTS 

debt, and died in a sponging-house in 1804. He 
took pupils at one time of his career. His pictures 
were always popular, and he probably painted more 
rapidly than any other artist before or after his 
time. He could paint a couple of pictures in a 
day, and is known on one occasion to have painted 
a large landscape with several figures in it in about 
six hours. To be able to do this shows that he 
knew exactly what to do and how to do it, and it 
is also certain that the work he first put on his 
canvas was allowed to remain as right there could 
have been no going over it a second time. 

Morland's pictures were eminently suitable for 
reproduction by mezzotint, and from 1788 to 1792 
over a hundred engravings in this manner were 
published after his work, and during his lifetime 
about two hundred and fifty engravings after his 
works were made. 

His life altogether is a most curious one, and it 
is likely enough that if his character had not been 
so unfortunately dissolute, he would have been 
one of our foremost subject painters. Even as 
it is, many of his pictures are very charming, 
particularly those sylvan scenes showing the light 
and sweeter aspects of country life. He had many 
pupils, who no doubt largely worked upon his 
canvases, but they were not allowed to meddle 
with the design. His pictures show well in 
engravings, as in the originals the colouring is 
weak and the actual painting slovenly. Mezzotint 
engravings after Morland are often printed in 
colour; both these and the monotint prints will 
increase in value and estimation. 

James Ward, a younger brother of William, 
190 



J. WARD 

was a pupil of J. R. Smith as well as of his 
brother. He was best known as an animal painter, 
and became an R.A. in 1811. He was painter and 
mezzotint engraver to the Prince of Wales, and his 
prints are rare. He kept the working proofs taken 
from his various plates, and presented them to the 
British Museum in 1817. The plates have all 
been heavily etched to begin with, and in the 
finished plates a little engraved work has been 
added as well. The proofs show clearly how the 
mezzotint process lightens plates the more they 
are worked upon. This collection is a most instruc- 
tive and valuable witness to the status of mezzotint 
engraving as a separate black and white art. In 
one case it is noted that Hoppner, on examining 
a print made from one of his paintings, saw that 
certain alterations would improve it, and when 
these corrections were carried out, they were so 
satisfactory that he altered the original picture to 
agree with them. J. Ward engraved several por- 
traits after his own work and that of G. Romney, 
W. Owen, R.A. ; J. Hoppner, R.A. ; Sir T. 
Lawrence, P.R.A. ; Sir H. Raeburn, R.A. ; Sir J. 
Reynolds, P.R.A. ; J. S. Copley, R.A. ; Sir M. 
Shee, P.R.A.; J. Northcote, R.A., and others. 
His engravings are all excellent, splendidly drawn 
and admirably engraved. Many of them are 
printed in brown ink. His prints were published 
by ' Messrs. Wards & Co. No. 6 Newman Street,' 
' Messrs. Colnaghi & Co., printsellers, Cockspur 
Street,' ' J. Ward No. 13 Southampton Row 
Paddington, 1 ' By the author No. 14 Hanover 
Street Hanover Square,' ' J. Ward near the 
Turnpike Paddington,' ' J. S. Copley, George 

191 



MEZZOTINTS 

Street Hanover Square,' ' J. Boydell,' and some 
others. 

David Lucas is particularly known because of his 
engravings after the landscapes of John Constable, 
R.A. He engraved several of these landscapes 
both in a large and a small size. The smaller ones 
were published as a series under the title of 
English Landscape Scenery, in 1855. The general 
effect of all of them is, I think, too gloomy, and 
I attribute this largely to the use of black ink. 
Except for the few moonlight scenes, this colour 
does not seem to me suitable for landscapes, and 
Lucas's work is much pleasanter in the few cases 
where he has used a brown ink. 

Besides the landscapes after J. Constable, R.A., 
J. W. Allen, Digby Neave, S. Owen, R. P. 
Bonington, C. Tomkins, or Eugene Isabey, Lucas 
engraved a few excellent portraits chiefly after 
J. Hoppner, R.A. ; J. Lonsdale, or C. R. Leslie, 
R.A. ; and subject pieces after T. Gainsborough, 
R.A., and W. P. Williams. The grain on most of 
the small engravings seems to me too coarse, and 
on the larger ones too fine. 

His most successful plates are the larger ones, 
particularly ' The Lock ' and ' The Cornfield,' both 
after Constable, and both heavily etched. They are 
brilliant and effective plates. ' Dedham Vale ' is 
also a very fine plate. 

Where the mezzotinting has been so much 
scraped off that it is hardly to be seen at all, 
Lucas has now and then succeeded in producing 
a pleasant sky, as, for instance, in ' The Corsair's 
Isle' or 'The Grand Canal,' both after J. D. 
Harding. With regard to the heaviness of the 
192 



S. COUSINS 

skies in the engravings after Constable, it may 
perhaps be said that they are also heavy in the 
originals. But these do not all represent dark 
thunderclouds. 

Lucas's prints were most usually published 
either by ' S. Hollyer, Everett St. Russell Square,' 
or by ' Mr. Constable 35 Charlotte Street Fitzroy 
Square.' 

In his latter days Lucas became intemperate. 
He died in 1881, aged seventy-nine. He engraved 
some larger plates after Constable than those in the 
English series, and also some others, chiefly after 
J. D. Harding, J. W. Carmichael, and F. C. Auld. 
He will always be known as one of the most eminent 
of our mezzotint engravers who worked on steel. 

Samuel Cousins was a native of Exeter, and 
his talent for drawing, even as a child, attracted 
the attention of persons whose patronage was 
of much future service to him, particularly Sir 
Thomas Dyke Acland. 

About 1811, Cousins then being ten years old, 
he came up to London, and gained some premiums 
for his work from the Society of Arts. In 1814 he 
was apprenticed to S. W. Reynolds the mezzotint 
engraver, to whom he shortly became a salaried 
assistant, and helped in the production of the small 
mezzotints after Sir Joshua Reynolds which are so 
well known. 

After remaining with Reynolds in this position 
for some four years, Cousins set up for himself 
as an independent engraver at 104 Great Russell 
Street, and in 1855 he received the honour of being 
appointed 'Academician Engraver' to the Royal 
Academy. 

N 193 



MEZZOTINTS 

In 1872 Cousins presented an almost complete 
set of his engravings to the British Museum, and 
in 1883 he finally gave up work. 

He engraved both portrait and subject pieces : 
they are chiefly after Sir T. Lawrence, P.R.A. ; 
Sir J. Reynolds, P.R.A. ; Sir D. Wilkie, R.A. ; Sir 
Edwin Landseer, R.A. ; J. J. Chalon, R.A. ; C. R. 
Leslie, R.A. ; Lord Leigh ton, P.R.A., and Sir John 
Millais, P.R.A. Many of Cousins' plates are of 
very large size. 

He engraved largely upon steel, and regularly 
etched his plates all over very carefully before 
mezzotinting them, a system much used by many 
of his predecessors, especially Richard Earlom. 
Many of Cousins' plates were etched for him by 
B. P. Gibbon. Cousins' large plate of ' Bolton 
Abbey,' after Landseer, became very popular, and 
it is supposed that this plate, which was engraved 
in 1837, was largely instrumental in showing that 
a better effect than that produced by line engraving 
could be produced in a much quicker and cheaper 
way. Line engraving has certainly for some reason 
lost its popularity, and is now little practised except 
in the domain of book-plates or lettering. 

Cousins' work is likely to be always popular 
and highly appreciated. It is excellent in draughts- 
manship and brilliant in effect. He has a large 
following among modern engravers in mezzotint. 

Accessory work of the kind Cousins used is of 
course a great assistance to the mezzotint, because 
by this means effects can be easily produced, which 
would be very difficult with mezzotint alone. At the 
same time, it takes the work out of the category of 
pure mezzotint, and places it in the ' mixed style.' 
194 







Q*. .'-K 



C. W. CAMPBELL 

In the hands of a master this mixed style may 
be successful, but, like all easy ways of producing 
a strong effect, it is a dangerous power in the hands 
of an inferior artist, and I think should be avoided 
as far as possible. I prefer to look at a mezzotint 
which owes nothing to the etching-needle. 

Cousins' prints were published among others 
by 'Colnaghi Senr., Dominic Colnaghi & Co., Print- 
sellers to their Majesties, Pall Mall East,' ' F. G. 
Moon 20 Threadneedle Street,' and 'W. Walker 
22 London Street Edinburgh.' 

Among Cousins' followers to-day may be 
counted Mr. George Every, who has engraved 
some delightful pieces after Lord Leighton, P.R.A., 
and Mr. E. Gilbert Hester, chiefly known for his 
engravings after Mr. Marcus Stone. 

Charles William Campbell began life as an 
architect, but having a great taste for art, he 
studied drawing and engraving by himself, and 
scraped a few plates in mezzotint, dying unfor- 
tunately early in 1887, at the age of thirty- 
two. 

Campbell's few plates are all excellent; his 
delicate style in some degree resembles that of 
Mr. John D. Miller. His plates are finely drawn 
and beautifully mezzotinted. It is probable that if 
he had lived he would have been the mezzotinter 
of all others to engrave the work of Sir E. Burne- 
Jones, as he was in complete sympathy with the 
work of this artist. 

His work is pure mezzotint, and proves that 
delicate and defined work can be produced, with 
trouble, in this manner without any supplementary 
engraving or etching at all ; but to do this requires 

195 



MEZZOTINTS 

more time and care than most modern mezzotinters 
care to give to their work. His prints were pub- 
lished chiefly by Bryan. 

As Mr. John D. Miller is the mezzotint engraver 
for Lord Leighton, P.R.A., so Mr. Frank Short is 
the mezzotint engraver for Mr. G. F. Watts, R.A. 
No fine finish is here, but bold scraped work on 
a broadly grained ground fittingly renders the 
strong, imaginative, mysterious figures which 
our greatest artist has created. Mr. Short is 
primarily an etcher, but he also possesses a rare 
skill with the scraper, and is moreover very curious 
and particular as to the printing of his plates and 
the colour of his inks. He has written a charming 
little text-book on etching, in which is a word or 
two about mezzotint. 

Frank Short has engraved some plates after 
sketches by J. M. W. Turner, in continuation of 
the Liber Studiorum. These remarkable plates 
are done as far as possible in the same manner 
as those of the Liber, strongly etched first, and the 
mezzotinting added. Mr. Short's work on these 
few plates shows him to be a master, and they are 
quite as fine as any plates of the Liber Studiorum 
series ; among them are to be found the most suc- 
cessful skies ever produced in mezzotint. A few of 
Lupton's skies are very good, and fewer still of 
Lucas's, but these of Mr. Short's are all good. As 
an interpreter of Turner in this manner of engrav- 
ing he is unsurpassed. 

But these are not, after all, his own original 

style of work ; that is rather to be found in the 

powerful mezzotint after Mr. G. F. Watts's picture, 

' Endymion and Selene,' and I consider this print 

196 



J. D. MILLER 

to be one which may foreshadow the mezzotint of 
the future more truly than any other work that is 
done to-day. 

Mr. John D. Miller is a consummate draughts- 
man, and is most thoroughly in accord with the 
paintings of his friend Lord Leigh ton, whose work 
he has engraved very largely in mezzotint. No 
engraver is able so perfectly to render the charm 
and delicacy of the late Lora Leighton's work. 

Mr. Miller's treatment of textures, drapery, and 
accessories generally is very masterly ; his work is 
always most delicate and refined, and moreover it 
is very pure mezzotint. Instead of 'lining' such 
lines as he finds absolutely necessary to emphasise, 
he has dotted them, thereby preserving in a marked 
degree the general softness of his outline, while 
obtaining the requisite definition. No touch is 
wrong in any of his work that I have seen, and it 
all bears evidence of patient and loving study. 

His engravings are published chiefly by Messrs. 
Colnaghi or Tooth. 

Mr. Gerald P. Robinson is President of the 
Society of Mezzotint Engravers, and ' Mezzotint 
Engraver to the King.' His engraved work is pure 
mezzotint, full of detail, and admirably drawn. It 
owes nothing of its effect to etching or engraving. 
A typical plate is the fine rendering of the ' Passing 
of Arthur,' after Mr. Frank Dicksee, R.A., in which 
the effect of the brushwork in the original shows very 
clearly. Indeed this is one of the characteristics of 
Mr. Robinson's work, and it is a very valuable 
quality, and one which has been largely lost sight 
of by old as well as modern mezzotint engravers. 
At the same time, such careful reproduction of 

197 



MEZZOTINTS 

the actual brushwork in an oil painting must be 
treated with caution, as it is one of the points 
which a photogravure brings out into marked 
prominence. 

Mr. Strang is learned in processes, and is the 
joint author with Mr. H. W. Singer of an excellent 
book on Etching, Engraving, and the other 
Methods of Printing Pictures, published in London 
in 1897. His mezzotints are very strong in con- 
trasts ; those that I have been fortunate enough to 
find are more or less ' impressionist,' and have 
an appearance of want of finish. This, however, 
is no defect ; such plates may quite well be fully 
finished in accordance with the intention of the 
engraver, only the prints require to be looked at 
from a considerable distance. 

Among the few modern lady engravers, Miss 
E. Gulland has done some quite beautiful work, 
sensitive and charming in the highest degree, 
splendidly drawn, and very pure mezzotint. The 
only pity is that there is so little of it. Mrs. M. 
Cormack has also engraved a few admirable plates, 
chiefly large heads. She was, I believe, a pupil of 
Mr. T. G. Appleton, a most efficient master, who 
has himself engraved some fine plates, particularly 
after Greuze and Morland. 

Mr. R. S. Clouston's work is in many ways of 
the highest rank. His larger plates are splendidly 
drawn, and his mastery over his scraper is every- 
where evident. He works chiefly after Sir Joshua 
Reynolds, P.R.A., and T. Gainsborough, R.A., and 
he has quite caught the spirit of both these 
artists. 

Mr. Norman Hirst is well known for his graceful 
198 



NORMAN HIRST 

work after William Draper. He is a very learned 
mezzotinter, and has done some delightful plates. 
His work is clear and brilliant, sure to be popular, 
and he likes a pleasantly tinted ink which enhances 
the natural delicacy of his work. 



199 



GENERAL INDEX 



PACE 

ABINCTON, Mrs., . . 42 

Engraving, . 153 

Plate, . . .154 

Acid for roughening plates, . 9 

for cleaning prints, . 36 

Adhesive paper for fastening 

prints, 37 

Agoty, J. F. Gautier D', colour 

printer, . , . -30 
Alberoarle, George, Duke of. 

Engraving by W. Sherwin, . 82 
Amelia Elizabeth, Landgravine 

of Hesse. Engraving by L. 

von Siegen, . . 8, 54 
Plate, . 54 

America, first mezzotinter in, . 1 20 
Analogy between mezzotint 

and wood engraving, . . 2 
Ancaster, Duchess of. En- 
graving by J. Mac Ardell, . 130 
Plate, . . .130 

Ancrum, Countess of, Plate, 150 
Anglo-Saxon Review, . -34 
Appleton, T. G., engraver, . 198 
Aquatint, . 14 

Art Pictoria, 1669, . . 44 
Artistic possibilities of mezzo- 

tint, 41 

Arts, Society of, award to W. 

Dickinson, 



'47 
186 



award of Isis Medal 
to T. G. Lupton, . 
award to W. Hum- 
phrey, . 150 

award to J. Spils- 

bury, .... 150 



PACK 

Aureole used in engravings by 

the Canon von Fiirstenberg, 69 
Avenant, Madam D', Portrait, 100 

BAILLIE, William, engraver, . 127 
Barney, William, engraver, . 184 
Bartlctt, Richard, Portrait, . 153 
Beard, Thomas, engraver, . i 23 
Beckett, Isaac, engraver, . . 48 
Bedford, Duke of, Plate, . 140 

Duchess of, Plate, . .178 

' Beggars, The.' Engraving by 

C.Turner 168 

Berners, Dame Juliana, . . 24 
Bickart, Jodocus, engraver, . 70 
' Blacksmith's Shop, The.' En- 
graving by K. Earlorn, . 1 36 
Blake, William, . . a 

Bleeck, Peter van, engraver, . 122 
Blois, layer of mezzotint ground 

for A. Blootcling, . .76 
Blooteling, Abraham, engraver, 74 
Bockman, G., engraver, . .122 
Bohemia, Queen of. Engrav- 
ing by L. von Siegen, . . 58 
Bonfoy, Mrs. Engraving by 
J. MacArdell, . . .130 
Plate, . .132 

Book of St. Albans, . . 24 
Bouverie, Mrs., and son, Plate, 148 
' Boy with Lamb,' Plate, . .160 
Boydell, John, publisher, 137,142 
British Mezzotint Portraits, 

1878, . 47 

British Museum, mezzotints at 
the, . v 

201 



MEZZOTINTS 



PAGE 

Brooks, John, engraver, . .129 
Brookshaw, Richard, engraver, 152 
Browne, Alexander, engraver, 44, 83 
Bruggen, Jan van der, engraver, 48 
Burch, Albert van der, engraver, 48 
Burford, Thomas, engraver, . 136 
Burin, early use of the, . . 50 
Burlington Fine Arts Club, The. 

Exhibitions held at, v, i, 24, 130 
Burnishers, . . . 12, 60 
Burr, . 4, 52 

CAMPBELL, Charles W., en- 
graver, . . . .195 
Caroline, Queen. Engraving 

by W. Say, . . . 184 

Cat, Christopher, . . . 117 
Catherine of Braganza, Queen. 

Engraving by W. Sherwin, . 80 
Centlivre, Mrs. Engraving by 

P. Pelham, . . . .120 
Charles i. Engraving by F. 

Place, . . . .84 
Charles n., Portraits, 76, 81, 96 
Plate, .... 96 
Charlotte, Queen. Engraving 
by W. Say, . . .112 

Plate, . . .126 

Chelsum, H. D., . . . 46 
Cheylesmore, Lord, . v 

Claud Lorrain, painter, . . 137 
Cleaning of mezzotints, the, 35,39 
Clint, George, engraver, . . 185 
Clinton, Lady Catherine Pel- 
ham. Engraving by J. R. 
Smith, .... 1 60 
Plate, . . . .160 
Closterman, John, painter, . .104 
Clouston, R. S., engraver, . 198 
' Coke Family, The,' Plate, . 73 
Color if to, c. 1721, . . . 27 
Colour Prints, how to dis- 
tinguish, . . . .31 

madebytheD'Agotys, 30 

made by William 

Blake, . . . .25 

202 



PAGE 

Colour Prints made by J. 
Christophe Le Blon, . . 27 

in the Book of St. 

Albans, . . . 24 

made by Edmund 

Evans, . . . .24 

made by the Japanese, 24 

in the Mentz Psalter, 24 

made by J. C. Ploos 

van Amstel, . . -33 

used by Erhard 

Ratdolt, . . . .24 

used by Henry Shaw, 24 

made by Johannes 

Teyler, . . 25 

Constable, John, painter, . 192 
Continental engravers in mez- 
zotint, . . . .48 
Contre-e'preuves, . . .18 
Copley, John Singleton,/<'/w, 120 
Copper used for mezzotint 

plates, 15 

Cormack, Mrs. M., engraver, . 198 
' Cornfield, The.' Engraving by 

D. Lucas, .... 192 
' Corsair's Isle, The.' Engrav- 
ing by D. Lucas, . . 192 
' Cottagers, The,' Plate, . .188 
Cousins, Samuel, engraver, . 193 



DAHL, Michael, painter, . . 104 
Damp stains on prints, . . 35 
Dauphin, The, 1773. Engraving 

by R. Brookshaw, . . 152 

Davenport, Mrs. Engraving 

by J. Jones, . . .156 

Plate, . . Frontispiece 

Dawe, George, engraver, . .146 

Philip, engraver, . .146 

Dean, John, engraver, . . 157 
' Dedham Vale.' Engraving by 

D. Lucas, .... 192 
Delatre, Auguste, printer, . vii 
Derby, Charles, Earl of. En- 
graving by A. Blooteling, . 76 



GENERAL INDEX 



MM 

Description of mezzotinting in 

A rs Piftoria, . . .44 
Devonshire, Earl of. Engrav- 
ing by I. Beckett, . . 48 
Dickinson, William, engrarer, . 147 
Dixon, John, engraver, . ' 5 ' 
Doughty, William, engraver, . 163 
Dry-point engraving, . . 3 
Dunkarton, Robert, engraver, . 154 
Dupont, Gainsborough, en- 
graver, . . 165 
Dusart, Cornelius, engraver, . 48 
Dust harmful to mezzotints, 37, 38 
Dustproof junctions necessary 
in frames, . . . -38 



EARLOM, Richard, engraver, . 136 
Eighteenth century mezzo- 

t inters, . . . .108 
Electrotyping copi>er plates 

with steel, . . . .16 
Eltz, Friedrich von, engraver, . 70 
' Embassy of Hyder Beck to 
Calcutta.' Engraving by R. 

Earlom 139 

'Emperors of Turkey.' En- 
gravings by J. Young, . .169 
' Endymion and Selene.' En- 
graving by F. Short, . .196 
English Landscape Scenery. 

With engravings by D. Lucas, 193 
Engraved lines on mezzotints, 3 
Engraved backgrounds used by 

L. von Siegen, . . -59 
Engraving on metal, . . i 
Etched lines on mezzotints, 3, 14 
Etching, engraving, and other 
methods of printing pictures, 
1897, . . 198 

Etching, soft ground, . . 33 
Evans, Edmund, colour printer, 

*4, 34 

Evelyn, John, . 43 

Every, George, engraver, . . 195 
Eyes in mezzotint, . . -63 



PAGE 

| FABKR, John, engraver, . -113 
i Faber, John, junior, engraver, . 1 16 
. Faithornc, W., engraver, . . 94 
! Ferdinand in., Emperor of 
Germany. Engraved by L. 
von Siegen, . . -58 
File used as a rocker, . . 9 
Finlayson, John, engraver, . 150 
First English mezzotinter in 

America, . . . .120 
Fisher, Edward, engraver, . 144 
Fisher, Kitty, Plate, . .144 
Fitzwilliam, Lady Charlotte. 

Engraving by J. MacArdell, 129 
Flowers and Fruit, Plate, . 140 
Framing of mezzotints, . . 37 
French /force, . . 3 

Frye, Thomas, engraver, . 124 

Fiiger, H., fainter, . 49 

Fungus on prints, . 34 

Fiirstenberg, Canon von, en 
graver, . . . .69 



GAINSBOROUGH, Thomas, 
/fainter, . . . .165 

George in. Engraving by 
S. W. Reynolds, . . .179 

Gibson, Thomas, painter, . 115 

Giles, Henry. Engraving by 
F. Place, . . . 85 

Girard, Alexis, engraver, . . 48 

1 Girl with a Muff.' Engraving 
by I. Jehner, . . | . 153 

Grafton, Duchess of. En- 
graving by J. Verkolje, . 105 

Grain on mezzotints, . . 10 

'Grand Canal, The.' En- 
graving by D. Lucas, . .192 

Grease, danger of, on printing 
paper, . . . .22 

' Great Executioner, The. 1 En- 
graving by Prince Rupert, . 66 

Green, Valentine, engraver, . 1 40 

Groot, Jan de, engraver, . . 48 
| Grozer, Joseph, engraver, . 164 
203 



MEZZOTINTS 



Gulland, Miss E., engraver, 



PAGE 



HAECKEN, 

engraver, 
Half-tone blocks, 
Hamilton, Lady. 

by J. R. Smith, 



Alexander van, 

. . .123 
. 176 
Engravings 

157, 160 



Hand-coloured prints, . . 31 
Harbours of England, The. 

With engravings by T. G. 

Lupton, . . . .185 
'Hebe.' Engraving by J. 

Jacobe, . . . .49 
Hester, E. Gilbert, engraver, . 195 
Hirst, Norman, engraver, . 198 
Histoire de la gravure en 

manure noire, 1839, . . 46 
History of the art of engraving 

in mezzotinto, 1786, . . 46 
Hodges, Charles H., engraver, 166 
' Hope nursing Love,' Plate, . 146 
Hoppner, John, painter, . .170 
Houston, Richard, engraver, . 134 
Hudson, Thomas, painter, . 119 
Humphrey, William, engraver, 150 
Hunt, Arabella. Engraving by 

John Smith, . . . 100 
Huysman, painter, . . -73 



INK very permanent in colour, 39 

Inking of engraved plates, . 19 

of smooth plates, . . 6 

Intaglio engraving on metal, . i 

' Inverary Pier,' Plate, . . 182 

Iron mould on prints, . . 35 



JACOBE, John, engraver, . . 49 
Jacobs, Miss Esther. Engrav- 
ing by J. Spilsbury, . .150 
Phi', . . .150 
James n. Engraving by J. 

Verkolje IO5 

204 



PAGE 

Japanese colour prints, . 24, 34 
Jehner, Isaac, engraver, . . 152 
Jones, John, engraver, . .155 
Judkins, Elizabeth, engraver, 

4, 88, 153 
Jupiter, Juno, and Io,' Plate, 102 

KAUFFMANN, Angelica, painter, 133 
Kent, Lady, Plate, . . .158 
Kininger, I. V., engraver, . 49 
Kinks in prints, . . .23 
Kirkley, Caroline, engraver, 88, 154 
Kit-cat portraits, . . .117 
Kneller, Sir Godfrey, painter, . 

41, 48, 102 
Knots m wood backing of 

framed prints, . . .38 
Kremer, J. T., engraver, . . 70 
Kyte, Francis, engraver, . .119 



LABORDE, Le"on de, . . . 46 
Lady engravers in mezzotint, . 88 
Lambert, Gen. John. Engrav- 
ing by F. Place, . .84 
Lamp black used to remedy 

defects on prints, . . 22 
Landscape in mezzotint, . . 88 
Large size mezzotints, . . 42 
Lawrence, Sir Thomas, painter, 1 6 1 
Le Blon, J. Christophe, 27, 29 
Lely, Sir Peter, painter, . . 79 
Lens, Richard, engraver, . .97 
Letter from L. von Siegen to 

the Landgrave of Hesse, . 54 
Lettering on prints, . . 19 
Liber Studiorum, . . .180 

Supplementary plates 

engraved by F. Short, . .196 
Liber Veritatis, . . 137, r 80 
Lives of the Reformers, 

1759, . . 114, 134 

Lloyd, J., engraver, . .91 
'Lock, The.' Engraved by 

D. Lucas, . . . .192 



GENERAL INDEX 



FACE 

' Lores of the Gods.' Engraved 

by J. Smith, . . 101 

Lucas, David, engraver, . .192 
Lumley, George, engraver, . 85 
Lupton, Thomas G., engraver, 185 
Luttrcll, E., engraver, . . 90 



MxcARDKLL, James, engraver, 128 
Maile, Georges, engraver, . 49 
Marchi, Joseph P. L., engraver, 143 
Margins of prints, . . 24, 37 
Marie Antoinette. Engraving 

by R. Brookshaw, . .152 
' Marlborough Family, The.' 

Engraving by C. Turner, . 168 
'Marriage i la Mode.' En- 
gravings by R. Earlom, . 136 
Mary, Princess of Orange. En- 
graving by L. von Siegen, . 58 
Mary of Mod en a. Engraving 

by J. Verkolje, . . .105 
Mather, Rev. Cotton. En- 
graving by P. Pelham, . 120 
Mayer, Dietrich, etcher, . . 33 
Mentz Psalter, coloured letters 

in the, . . . .24 
Meulen, Peter van der. En- 
graving by I. Beckett, . . 93 
Meyer, Miss. Engraving by 

J. Jacobe, . . -49 

Mezzotint engraving, . . 2 

Mezzotint prints, delicacy of, . 39 

Mezzotint unsuitedtolandscape, 41 

Middleton, Lady. Engraved 

by J. MacArdell, . 130 

Plate, . .134 

Mildew on prints, . . 39 

Miller, Andrew, engraver, . 126 

Miller, John D., engraver, . 197 

' Milvus.'a signature of F. Ky te, 119 

' Mixed manner,' ... 4 

Monkhousc, Cosmo, . . 29 

Monmouth, James, Duke of. 

Engraving by A. Blooteling, 76 

Plate, .... 76 



MM 

Monumental Brasses, . -51 
Moor, head of a. Engraving 
credited to Sir Christopher 
Wren, . 46, 49, 7 1 

Mordaunt, Colonel, 'The Cock- 
Match.' Engraving by R. 
Earlom, . . 136, 139 

Plate 138 

Morland, George, painter, . 189 
Moser, Mary, fainter, . .134 
Mounts for prints, . . -36 
Muilman, Mrs. T. C. (Mrs. 
T. C. Phillips). Engraving 
by John Faber, junior, . 118 

Plate 118 

Murphy, John, engraver, . .163 



NIELLO, . . -51 

' Night,' Plate, . . .136 

Nineteenth century, mezzotint 

engraving in the, . -171 



ORIGINAL work in mezzotints, 40,88 



PALE spots on prints, . . 34 
Paper pierced bymezzotint burrs, 1 1 
Papers used for prints, . .21 
Parentalia, 1750, . . -7* 
1 Passing of Arthur.' Engrav- 
ing by G. P. Robinson, . 197 
' Paste for fastening down prints, 37 
Pelham, Peter, engraver, . . 1 20 
Pether, William, engraver, 

124, 125, 145 

Phillips, Mrs. T. C Engraving 
by John Faber, junior, . 118 
Plate, . . . .118 
i Philosophers, heads of. En- 
gravings by John Faber, . 114 
Photogravure, . . .174 
Pichler, J. P., engraver, . . 49 
Pigouchet, 

Pimples on printing paper, . 2 1 

205 



MEZZOTINTS 



PAGE 

Place, Francis, engraver, . . 83 
PloosvanAmsteljJ.C., engraver, 33 
Pointing work, . 6, 50, 52 

Pole rocker, . . . 2, 10 
Portraiture in mezzotint, . 41, 87 
Portsmouth, Louise, Duchessof. 

Engraving by A. Blooteling, 77 
Plate, . . .78 

Printing ink used to remedy 

defects on prints, . .22 
Printing of mezzotints, the, 22,23 
Prints coloured by Sir Joshua 

Reynolds, . . . . 32 
Printsellers' Association, . 1 7 

Proofs, 18 

Purcell, Richard, engraver, . 142 



RANELAGH, Countess of. En- 
graving by John Smith, . 100 
Plate, . . . .100 
Ratdolt, Erhard, printer, . 24 

Recueil d'estampes, 1744,. . 74 
Reid, Susan, engraver, . . 88 
Relief engraving on metal, . 2 
Reynolds, Sir ]oshua.,flainter, 32, 131 

Samuel \V., engraver, . 178 

Rice paste used for mixing 

with inks, . . . -34 
River Scenery of England. 
With engravings by T. G. 
Lupton, .... 185 
Robinson, Gerald P., engraver, 197 
Rocker for mezzotinting, . 9 

Roller form of roulette, . . 7 
Romney, George, painter, . 156 
Roulettes, . . . 3, 53 
'Royal Academy, The.' En- 
graving by R. Earlom, . 136 
Royalties, . . . -173 
Rupert, Prince, engraver, 64, 65 
Ryland, William W., engraver, 126 



'ST. BRUNO.' Engraving by 
L. von Siegen, . . -59 
2O6 



PAGE 

'St. Dunstan.' Engraving by 

G. Bockman, . . .122 
St. Edward's Crown, . . 34 
' St. John ' (' Boy with Lamb '). 
Engraving by John Dean, 

Plate 1 60 

'Sainte Famille aux Lunettes.' 

Engraving by L. von Siegen, 59 
Salisbury, Countess of, Plate, . 144 
Salts of lemon for cleaning 

prints 36 

' Samuel.' Engraving by T. G. 

Lupton, . . . .186 
Say, William, engraver, . .183 
Schimmelpenninck, Rutger 
Jan. Engraving by C. H. 
Hodges, .... 167 
Scrapers, . . . 5, 60 
Sculptura, 1662, . . . 43 
'Seasons, The." Engraved by 

I. Jehner, . . . -153 
' Serena,' Plate, . . .162 
' Set-To, The.' Engraved by 

J. Young, . . . .169 
Seventeenth century mezzo- 
tints, . . . . -50 
Shaw, Henry, . . . .24 
Sherwin, William, engraver, . 80 
' Shipwreck, The,' Plate, . .168 
Short, Frank, engraver, . . 196 
Siegen, Ludwig von, engraver, 7, 53 
Simon, John, engraver, . .112 

Singer, H. W 198 

Size for strengthening prints, . 36 
Skies in mezzotint, aquatint, 

and etching, . . .14 
'Slave Trader, The.' Engraving 

by J. R. Smith, . . .161 
' Small Executioner, The.' En- 
graving by Prince Rupert, . 68 
Small mezzotints, . . .178 
Smibert, }o\m, painter, . . 121 
Smith, J. Chaloner, . . 47 

John, engraver, . . 98 

John Raphael, engraver, . 158 

Soft ground etching, . . 33 



GENERAL INDEX 



MM 

Somer, Jan van, engraver, . 72 

Paul van, engraver, . 72 

Specimens of corrected proofs, 101 
Spencer, the Countess, 

Plato, 166 

Spilsbury, Jonathan, engraver, 149 
Spooner, Charles, engraver, . 1 28 
'Standard Bearer, The.' En- 
graving by Prince Rupert, . 67 
Plate, . . 68 

States of prints, . . .20 
Steel plating, . . 17, 177 

Steel used for mezzotints, 16, 112 
Stipple engraving, . . 3 

Stones of Venice, engravings in, 

by T. G. Lupton, . .185 
Strang, W., engraver, , .198 
Stuart, Lords John and Ber- 
nard. Engraving by J. 
MacArdell, . . -130 

Sulphur proofs, . . -51 
Symonds, Abraham. En- 
graving by A. Blooteling, . 77 



TEMPEST, Pearce, engraver, . 107 
Teniers, David, engraver, . 48 
Teyler, Johannes, engraver, . 25 
Thompson, Jane, engrarer, . 88 
Three-colour process, invented 

by J. Christophe Le Blon, . 27 
* Tiger - Hunting.' Engraving 

by R. Earlom, . . . 136 
' Times of the Day.' Engraved 

by R. Houston, . . . 135 
Tin as a backing for framed 

prints, . 38 

Tompson, Richard, engraver, . 106 
Tonson, Jacob, . . .117 
Townley, Charles, engrarer, . 146 

Trial proofs 19 

Turner, Charles A. TL.,rngraver, 1 67 

J. M. \V., fainter, . -179 

Madam. Engraving by 

I. Beckett, . . . -93 
Plate, . . .94 



PAGE 

Tweeddale, Earl of. Engraving 
by Sir G. Kneller, . 41, 103 

Tyburn, Ryland the engraver 
hanged at, . .126 

Typography, . . 50 

VAILLANT, \Vallerant, engraver, 70 

Valck, Gerrard, engrarer, . 78 

| Vandervaart, J., engraver, . 96 

] Vandyck, Sir Anthony, fainter, 78 

Varnished mezzotints, . . 28 

Vellum, mezzotints printed on, 28 

Velvet useful for lining frames, 38 

Vcnizer, George, engraver, . 27 

j Verkolje, John, engraver, . 105 

! Victoria, Queen, Plate, . .194 

I Views of the Ports of England. 

Engraved by T. G. Lupton, 185 

Visscher, Cornelius, engraver, . 75 

Vogel, Bcrnhard, engraver, . 49 

Vostre, Simon, publisher, . 2 

WALKEK, James, engraver, . 155 

Walpole, Sir Robert, . .27 

I Ward, James, fainter, . .191 

j William, engraver, . . 187 

Watson, James, engraver, . 148 

Thomas, engraver, . .149 

' Wellington, Duke of. En- 
graving on steel, by T. G. 
Lupton, . . . .186 
|Welsteed, Rev. William. En- 
graving by J. S. Copley, . i i 
West, Benjamin, fainter, . 138 
White, George, engraver, . 114 
William, Prince of Orange. 
Engraving by L. von Siegen, 58 

Pfate 58 

Williams, R., engraver, . . 94 
Wissing, W., fainter, . . 96 
Wolff, Mrs., Plate, . .196 

Wood engraving, . . 2, 176 
Woolrich, Philip. Engraving 
by F. Place, ... 84 
Plate, . .84 

2O7 



MEZZOTINTS 



PAGE 
. l8 

15 
119 

Wren, Sir Christopher, en- 
graver, . . 46, 49, 7 1 



Working proofs, 
Worn plates, . 
'Worthies of Britain.' 
gravings by F. Kyte, 



En- 



Wycherley, W. Engraving by 
J. Smith, . 
fynne, W. Williams 
with Lamb' ), Plate, 



J. Smith 100 

Wynne,_ W. Williams ('Boy 

1 60 



PAGE 



XYLONITE for protecting prints, 36 



YORK, Mary Beatrice, Duchess 
of. Engraving by A. Bloote- 
Hng, 76 



Young, John, engraver, 



1 68 



ZOFFANY, Johann./ajVz/w, . 138 






Printed by T. and A. CONSTABLE, Printers to His Majesty 
at the Edinburgh University Press 



BINDING SECT. MAY 2 1 1981 






PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 



Davenport, Cyril 
Mezzotints